|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 2 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (a) The Invest in Illinois Fund is intended to benefit the |
2 |
| people of the State of Illinois by creating a specific revenue |
3 |
| source to fund capital programs for infrastructure that will
|
4 |
| support economic growth, education, transportation, tourism, |
5 |
| and other capital needs generated by demographic changes (such |
6 |
| as but not limited to the aging of the population) across the |
7 |
| State. |
8 |
| (b) The Invest in Illinois Fund is created as a special |
9 |
| fund in the State treasury. All interest earned on moneys in |
10 |
| the Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. The Invest in
|
11 |
| Illinois Fund shall not be subject to sweeps, administrative |
12 |
| charges, or chargebacks, such as but not limited to those |
13 |
| authorized under Section 8h, or any other fiscal or budgetary
|
14 |
| maneuver that would in any way result in the transfer of any |
15 |
| amounts from the Invest in Illinois Fund to any other fund of |
16 |
| the State, or having any of those amounts used for any purpose |
17 |
| other than funding the cost of issuance, interest, fees, |
18 |
| principal payments, and other debt service on Invest in |
19 |
| Illinois Bonds, as that term is defined in subsection (d) of |
20 |
| this Section. |
21 |
| (c) Beginning in fiscal year 2010, the State Treasurer and |
22 |
| the State Comptroller shall transfer $500,000,000 from the |
23 |
| General Revenue Fund to the Invest in Illinois Fund. For Fiscal |
24 |
| Year 2011 the State Treasurer and the State Comptroller shall |
25 |
| transfer $1,000,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the |
26 |
| Invest in Illinois Fund. For Fiscal Year 2012 the State |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 3 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Treasurer and the State Comptroller shall transfer |
2 |
| $1,100,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Invest in |
3 |
| Illinois Fund, and for Fiscal Year 2013 and each Fiscal Year |
4 |
| thereafter the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer shall |
5 |
| transfer $1,200,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the |
6 |
| Invest in Illinois Fund. |
7 |
| (d) "Invest in Illinois Bonds" means those bonds issued for |
8 |
| the purposes enumerated in this Section, after receiving the |
9 |
| recommendation of the Capital Strategy Board, as defined in |
10 |
| this Section. The Capital Strategy Board (the "board") shall |
11 |
| consist of 5 members, one appointed by the Governor, one |
12 |
| appointed by the Speaker of the House, one appointed by the |
13 |
| Minority Leader of the House, one appointed by the Senate |
14 |
| President, and one appointed by the Minority Leader of the |
15 |
| Senate. Each board member shall serve for a 4-year period, and |
16 |
| shall have at least 5 years of relevant experience in public or |
17 |
| private finance. The board shall recommend the issuance of |
18 |
| Invest in Illinois Bonds to the General Assembly by a simple |
19 |
| majority vote. No member of the board, nor any business in |
20 |
| which a board member has an interest, nor any immediate |
21 |
| familial relative, spouse, or in-law (father, mother, sister, |
22 |
| brother, son, or daughter) of a board member, may have any |
23 |
| financial interest in nor receive any remuneration (such as but |
24 |
| not limited to a consulting, referral, legal, or banking fees) |
25 |
| for any bond issued due to a recommendation of the board. The |
26 |
| board shall gather information and hold public hearings |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 4 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| regarding the need for capital facilities and infrastructure |
2 |
| investments needed in Illinois for the acquisition, |
3 |
| development, construction, reconstruction, maintenance, |
4 |
| improvement, financing, architectural planning, and |
5 |
| installation of capital facilities within the State, whether |
6 |
| consisting of buildings, structures, vehicles for public |
7 |
| transit, police or fire fighters, durable equipment, land, or |
8 |
| interests in land, to be used for any of the following |
9 |
| purposes: (i) transportation and transit, including but not |
10 |
| limited to railroad, road, bridge, or airport construction and |
11 |
| maintenance, public fleet acquisition, and associated building |
12 |
| construction or maintenance; (ii) educational purposes for (A) |
13 |
| State universities and colleges, (B) the Illinois Community |
14 |
| College Board created by the Public Community College Act for |
15 |
| grants to public community Colleges authorized under Sections |
16 |
| 5-11 and 5-12 of the Public Community College Act, (C) local |
17 |
| K-12 school districts for school building maintenance, |
18 |
| renovation, and construction for all grades, including but not |
19 |
| limited to pre-school; (iii) childcare, mental health, and |
20 |
| public health facilities and facilities for the care of |
21 |
| veterans and their spouses; (iv) correctional purposes at State |
22 |
| prison and correctional centers; (v) open spaces, recreational |
23 |
| and conservation purposes, environmental protection purposes, |
24 |
| and protection of the land, air, or water; (vi) for use by the |
25 |
| State, its departments, authorities, public corporations, |
26 |
| commissions, and agencies; (vii) for grants by the Secretary of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 5 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| State as State Librarian for central library facilities |
2 |
| authorized by Section 8 of the Illinois Library System Act, and |
3 |
| for grants by the Capital Development Board to units of local |
4 |
| government for public library facilities; and (viii) for |
5 |
| capital facilities consisting of buildings, structures, roads, |
6 |
| bridges, healthcare facilities, police and fire stations and |
7 |
| equipment, other durable equipment, and land grants to counties |
8 |
| and municipalities. The board shall recommend a capital |
9 |
| investment plan for the issuance of Invest in Illinois Bonds |
10 |
| covering the needs of the entire State, taking into account the |
11 |
| status of existing infrastructure, demographic changes, |
12 |
| regional needs, sprawl, economic development for distressed |
13 |
| communities, educational priorities, public safety, |
14 |
| environmental protection, minority participation, and such |
15 |
| other matters as are relevant to devising a strategic and |
16 |
| equitable approach to capital planning. Within 12 months after |
17 |
| being appointed, the board shall make its initial |
18 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly for bonds financed |
19 |
| under this Act to be issued in a strategic fashion across |
20 |
| Illinois. No such bonds may be issued, however, without |
21 |
| approval by the requisite vote of the General Assembly, and |
22 |
| concomitant authority for the issuance of the applicable |
23 |
| general obligation bond amounts, under the relevant provisions |
24 |
| of the General Obligation Bond Act. |
25 |
| (30 ILCS 105/6z-77 new) |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 6 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Sec. 6z-77. The Higher Education Operating Assistance |
2 |
| Fund. |
3 |
| (a) The Higher Education Operating Assistance Fund is |
4 |
| created as a special fund in the State treasury. Moneys in the |
5 |
| Fund may be used only for the purposes set forth in this
|
6 |
| Section. All interest earned on moneys in the Fund must be |
7 |
| deposited into the Fund. The Higher Education Operating |
8 |
| Assistance Fund shall not be subject to sweeps, administrative |
9 |
| charges, or charge backs, such as but not limited to those |
10 |
| authorized under Section 8h, or any other fiscal or budgetary |
11 |
| maneuver that would in any way transfer any funds from the |
12 |
| Higher Education Operating Assistance Fund into any other fund |
13 |
| of the State. |
14 |
| (b) The General Assembly must transfer from the General |
15 |
| Revenue Fund to the Higher Education Operating Assistance Fund, |
16 |
| the following amounts: (i) in fiscal year 2010, |
17 |
| $300,000,000.00; (ii) in each fiscal year after fiscal year |
18 |
| 2010, the sum of the total amount appropriated to the Higher |
19 |
| Education Operating Assistance Fund in the immediately |
20 |
| preceding fiscal year, plus the amount equal to (1) the |
21 |
| percentage increase in the Economic Cost Index for all Urban |
22 |
| Consumers published by the federal Bureau of Labor Statistics |
23 |
| for the then most recent, complete calendar year, multiplied by |
24 |
| (2) the total amount appropriated to the Higher Education |
25 |
| Operating Assistance Fund in the immediately preceding fiscal |
26 |
| year. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 7 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (c) Subject to the conditions set forth in subsection (d), |
2 |
| distributions from the Higher Education Operating Assistance |
3 |
| Fund shall be as follows: (1) the General Assembly must |
4 |
| appropriate 75% of all moneys in the Higher Education Operating |
5 |
| Assistance Fund,
including any balance from the prior year, to |
6 |
| the Board of Higher Education for grants to State universities |
7 |
| for their ordinary and contingent expenses; the grants under |
8 |
| this
item (1) must be distributed to each State university |
9 |
| based upon each university's full time equivalent head count; |
10 |
| and (2) the General Assembly must appropriate 25% of all
moneys |
11 |
| in the Higher Education Operating Assistance Fund, including |
12 |
| any balance from the prior year, to the Illinois Community |
13 |
| College Board for grants to community colleges for their |
14 |
| ordinary and contingent expenses; the grants under this item |
15 |
| (2) must be distributed to each community college based upon |
16 |
| each community college's full time equivalent head count. For |
17 |
| purposes of item (2), "full time equivalent head count" means |
18 |
| the total number of undergraduate students enrolled in 12 or |
19 |
| more semester hours or quarter hours of credit courses in any |
20 |
| given semester or quarter. |
21 |
| (d) Distributions from the Higher Education Operating |
22 |
| Assistance Fund shall not be used for any of the following: (1) |
23 |
| executive management; executive level activities concerned |
24 |
| with the overall management of, and long-range planning for, |
25 |
| the entire university, including but not limited to activities |
26 |
| such as policy formation and executive direction, the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 8 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| activities of any governing board, the chief executive officer, |
2 |
| the senior executive officer, or legal activities conduced on |
3 |
| behalf of the university; (2) financial management and |
4 |
| operations, including but not limited to activities related to |
5 |
| the day-to-day financial management and fiscal operations of |
6 |
| the university and long-range financial planning and policy |
7 |
| formulations; (3) general administrative and logistical |
8 |
| services, including but not limited to general administrative |
9 |
| operations and services of the university (with exception of |
10 |
| financial operations and student records activities), such as |
11 |
| administration of personnel programs, purchasing and |
12 |
| maintenance of supplies and materials, management of |
13 |
| facilities, and administrative computing support; (4) faculty |
14 |
| and staff auxiliary services, including but not limited to |
15 |
| non-academic related support services established primarily |
16 |
| for faculty and staff, such as faculty lounges and cafeterias; |
17 |
| (5) public relations and development, including but not limited |
18 |
| to activities established to maintain relations with the local |
19 |
| community, the university's alumni, governmental entities, and |
20 |
| the public in general, as well as activities carried out to |
21 |
| support institution-side fund raising and development efforts; |
22 |
| (6) superintendence, including but not limited to activities |
23 |
| necessary to carry out the duties of management and |
24 |
| administration for all areas under the jurisdiction of the |
25 |
| physical plant division of the university; (7) custodial, |
26 |
| including but not limited to activities related to custodial |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 9 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| services in building interiors;
(8) grounds maintenance, |
2 |
| including but not limited to operation and maintenance of |
3 |
| campus landscape and grounds, which includes maintenance of |
4 |
| roads and walkways, snow removal, maintenance of fences, |
5 |
| retaining walls, and drainage ditches, and care of shrubs, |
6 |
| trees, and grass; and (9) transportation, including but not |
7 |
| limited to all charges related to the purchase, maintenance, |
8 |
| and operation of motor vehicles, specifically for the use of |
9 |
| the physical plant department. |
10 |
| (e) This amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly |
11 |
| constitutes an irrevocable and continuing appropriation (i) |
12 |
| from the General Fund to the Higher Education Operating |
13 |
| Assistance Fund and (ii) from the Higher Education Operating |
14 |
| Assistance Fund to the Board of Higher Education and to the |
15 |
| Illinois Community College Board in accordance with the |
16 |
| provisions of this Section. |
17 |
| Section 10. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by |
18 |
| changing Sections 201 and 208 and by adding Sections 202.5, |
19 |
| 218, and 219 as follows:
|
20 |
| (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
|
21 |
| Sec. 201. Tax Imposed.
|
22 |
| (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby |
23 |
| imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for |
24 |
| each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 10 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this |
2 |
| State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or |
3 |
| privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
|
4 |
| corporation or political subdivision thereof.
|
5 |
| (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this |
6 |
| Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by |
7 |
| subsection (d-1):
|
8 |
| (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
9 |
| taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal |
10 |
| to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable |
11 |
| year.
|
12 |
| (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
13 |
| taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending |
14 |
| after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 |
15 |
| 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to |
16 |
| July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) |
17 |
| 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June |
18 |
| 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3.
|
19 |
| (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
20 |
| taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989 and ending |
21 |
| before January 1, 2010 , an amount equal to 3% of the |
22 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the taxable year.
|
23 |
| (4) In the case of an individual, trust, or estate, for
|
24 |
| taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2010 and ending
|
25 |
| after December 31, 2009, an amount equal to the sum of (i)
|
26 |
| 3% of the taxpayer's net income for the period prior to
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 11 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| January 1, 2010, as calculated under Section 202.5, and
|
2 |
| (ii) 5% of the taxpayer's net income for the period after
|
3 |
| December 31, 2009, as calculated under Section |
4 |
| 202.5. (Blank).
|
5 |
| (5) In the case of an individual, trust ,or estate, for |
6 |
| taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, an |
7 |
| amount equal to 5% of the taxpayer's net income for the |
8 |
| taxable year. (Blank).
|
9 |
| (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
|
10 |
| ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
|
11 |
| taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
|
12 |
| (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
13 |
| beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
14 |
| 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the |
15 |
| taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
|
16 |
| as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the |
17 |
| taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, |
18 |
| as calculated under Section
202.3.
|
19 |
| (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
20 |
| beginning after
June 30, 1989 and ending before January 1, |
21 |
| 2010 , an amount equal to 4.8% of the taxpayer's net income |
22 |
| for the
taxable year.
|
23 |
| (9) In the case of a corporation, for
taxable years |
24 |
| beginning prior to January 1, 2010 and ending
after |
25 |
| December 31, 2009, an amount equal to the sum of (i)
4.8% |
26 |
| of the taxpayer's net income for the period prior to
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 12 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| January 1, 2010, as calculated under Section 202.5, and
|
2 |
| (ii) 8% of the taxpayer's net income for the period after
|
3 |
| December 31, 2009, as calculated under Section 202.5. |
4 |
| (10) In the case of a corporation, for
taxable years |
5 |
| beginning on or after January 1, 2010, an amount equal to |
6 |
| 8% of the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year. |
7 |
| (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
|
8 |
| Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such |
9 |
| income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property |
10 |
| Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every |
11 |
| corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership |
12 |
| and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. |
13 |
| Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving |
14 |
| income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
|
15 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income |
16 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in |
17 |
| addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by |
18 |
| this State or by any municipal
corporation or political |
19 |
| subdivision thereof.
|
20 |
| (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
21 |
| Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax |
22 |
| imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section |
23 |
| in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S |
24 |
| corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall |
25 |
| be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net |
26 |
| income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 13 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this |
2 |
| subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
|
3 |
| partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an |
4 |
| additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income |
5 |
| for the taxable year.
|
6 |
| (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the |
7 |
| case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the |
8 |
| Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile |
9 |
| imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax |
10 |
| (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed |
11 |
| are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined |
12 |
| under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except |
13 |
| that for purposes of this determination premiums from |
14 |
| reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate |
15 |
| reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending |
16 |
| on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax |
17 |
| imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
|
18 |
| increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed |
19 |
| under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, |
20 |
| shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed |
21 |
| on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for |
22 |
| the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
|
23 |
| domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes |
24 |
| and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign |
25 |
| insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits |
26 |
| allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 14 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the |
2 |
| purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes |
3 |
| a
mutual insurer under common management.
|
4 |
| (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event |
5 |
| shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections |
6 |
| (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of:
|
7 |
| (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign |
8 |
| insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all |
9 |
| credits allowed under this Act, plus
|
10 |
| (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the |
11 |
| Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company |
12 |
| tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation |
13 |
| Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under |
14 |
| Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code,
|
15 |
| equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, |
16 |
| 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after |
17 |
| December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for |
18 |
| the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section |
19 |
| 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in |
20 |
| no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) |
21 |
| and (d).
|
22 |
| (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this |
23 |
| subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed |
24 |
| by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by |
25 |
| subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this |
26 |
| Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 15 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by |
2 |
| subsection (d).
|
3 |
| This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of |
4 |
| Section 250.
|
5 |
| (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
|
6 |
| against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
|
7 |
| investment in qualified property.
|
8 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% |
9 |
| of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during |
10 |
| the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in |
11 |
| service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an |
12 |
| additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified |
13 |
| property placed in service during the
taxable year, |
14 |
| provided such property is placed in service on or
after |
15 |
| July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within |
16 |
| Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding |
17 |
| year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records |
18 |
| filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. |
19 |
| Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have |
20 |
| met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in |
21 |
| which they file employment records with the Illinois
|
22 |
| Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to |
23 |
| this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public |
24 |
| Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing |
25 |
| law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the |
26 |
| increase in base employment within Illinois over the
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 16 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall |
2 |
| be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the |
3 |
| numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is |
4 |
| 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall |
5 |
| not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a |
6 |
| taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may |
7 |
| any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year |
8 |
| other than the year in which the property was placed in |
9 |
| service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after |
10 |
| December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the |
11 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the |
12 |
| property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the |
13 |
| credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it |
14 |
| exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later |
15 |
| amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to |
16 |
| the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the |
17 |
| excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments |
18 |
| which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time |
19 |
| equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an |
20 |
| enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
|
21 |
| Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the |
22 |
| Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now |
23 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as |
24 |
| complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and |
25 |
| (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
|
26 |
| Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 17 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all |
2 |
| such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending |
3 |
| after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for |
4 |
| the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, |
5 |
| or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability |
6 |
| for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or |
7 |
| the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried |
8 |
| forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable |
9 |
| years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall |
10 |
| be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a |
11 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
12 |
| that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit |
13 |
| shall be applied first.
|
14 |
| (2) The term "qualified property" means property |
15 |
| which:
|
16 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
17 |
| buildings and structural
components of buildings and |
18 |
| signs that are real property, but not including
land or |
19 |
| improvements to real property that are not a structural |
20 |
| component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer |
21 |
| lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and |
22 |
| other appurtenances;
|
23 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
24 |
| Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" |
25 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not |
26 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 18 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (e);
|
2 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
3 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
4 |
| (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is |
5 |
| primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal |
6 |
| or fluorite, or in retailing, or was placed in service |
7 |
| on or after July 1, 2006 in a River Edge Redevelopment |
8 |
| Zone established pursuant to the River Edge |
9 |
| Redevelopment Zone Act; and
|
10 |
| (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in |
11 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
12 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or |
13 |
| subsection (f).
|
14 |
| (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), |
15 |
| "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production |
16 |
| of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly |
17 |
| regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
|
18 |
| assembling which changes some existing material into new |
19 |
| shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of |
20 |
| this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same |
21 |
| meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the |
22 |
| Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), |
23 |
| the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal |
24 |
| property or
services rendered in conjunction with the sale |
25 |
| of tangible consumer goods
or commodities.
|
26 |
| (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 19 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal |
2 |
| income tax purposes.
|
3 |
| (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
4 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
5 |
| in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such |
6 |
| increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the |
7 |
| date of such increase in basis.
|
8 |
| (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
|
9 |
| meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
10 |
| (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
|
11 |
| be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
12 |
| 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of |
13 |
| any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 |
14 |
| months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property |
15 |
| Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
|
16 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
17 |
| recomputing the
investment credit which would have been |
18 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
19 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
20 |
| computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
21 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
22 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of |
23 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
24 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
25 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
|
26 |
| (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 20 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs |
2 |
| incurred after
December 31, 2008, except for costs incurred |
3 |
| pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before |
4 |
| December 31, 2008.
|
5 |
| (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, |
6 |
| a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the |
7 |
| credits to which the partnership is entitled under this |
8 |
| subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the |
9 |
| credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only |
10 |
| against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this |
11 |
| Section. If the partnership makes that election, those |
12 |
| credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the |
13 |
| partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in |
14 |
| Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
|
15 |
| promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of |
16 |
| the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that |
17 |
| taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on |
18 |
| its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
|
19 |
| that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits |
20 |
| shall be
irrevocable.
|
21 |
| For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, |
22 |
| a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction |
23 |
| under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) |
24 |
| of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter |
25 |
| S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of |
26 |
| paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 21 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its |
2 |
| share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
|
3 |
| the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S |
4 |
| corporation, determined in
accordance with the |
5 |
| determination of income and distributive share of
income |
6 |
| under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal |
7 |
| Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
8 |
| of Section 250.
|
9 |
| (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone; River Edge |
10 |
| Redevelopment Zone.
|
11 |
| (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the |
12 |
| tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
13 |
| investment in qualified
property which is placed in service |
14 |
| in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois |
15 |
| Enterprise Zone Act or, for property placed in service on |
16 |
| or after July 1, 2006, a River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
17 |
| established pursuant to the River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
18 |
| Act. For partners, shareholders
of Subchapter S |
19 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies,
|
20 |
| if the liability company is treated as a partnership for |
21 |
| purposes of
federal and State income taxation, there shall |
22 |
| be allowed a credit under
this subsection (f) to be |
23 |
| determined in accordance with the determination
of income |
24 |
| and distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 |
25 |
| and
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. The credit |
26 |
| shall be .5% of the
basis for such property. The credit |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 22 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall be available only in the taxable
year in which the |
2 |
| property is placed in service in the Enterprise Zone or |
3 |
| River Edge Redevelopment Zone and
shall not be allowed to |
4 |
| the extent that it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for |
5 |
| the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section |
6 |
| to
below zero. For tax years ending on or after December |
7 |
| 31, 1985, the credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in |
8 |
| which the property is placed in
service, or, if the amount |
9 |
| of the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, |
10 |
| whether it exceeds the original liability or the liability |
11 |
| as later
amended, such excess may be carried forward and |
12 |
| applied to the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years |
13 |
| following the excess credit year.
The credit shall be |
14 |
| applied to the earliest year for which there is a
|
15 |
| liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
16 |
| that is available
to offset a liability, the credit |
17 |
| accruing first in time shall be applied
first.
|
18 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
19 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
20 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
21 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
22 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
23 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
24 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
25 |
| (f);
|
26 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 23 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code;
|
2 |
| (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone or River Edge |
3 |
| Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer; and
|
4 |
| (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in |
5 |
| such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
6 |
| the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or |
7 |
| subsection (e).
|
8 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
9 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
10 |
| income tax purposes.
|
11 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
12 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
13 |
| in service in the Enterprise
Zone or River Edge |
14 |
| Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer, the amount of such |
15 |
| increase shall be deemed property
placed in service on the |
16 |
| date of such increase in basis.
|
17 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
18 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
19 |
| (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to |
20 |
| be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
21 |
| 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of |
22 |
| any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone |
23 |
| or River Edge Redevelopment Zone within 48 months after |
24 |
| being placed in service, the tax
imposed under subsections |
25 |
| (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable year
shall be |
26 |
| increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 24 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| recomputing
the investment credit which would have been |
2 |
| allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
3 |
| originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
4 |
| computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
5 |
| from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
6 |
| purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis of |
7 |
| qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
8 |
| purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
9 |
| property to the extent of such reduction.
|
10 |
| (7) There shall be allowed an additional credit equal |
11 |
| to 0.5% of the basis of qualified property placed in |
12 |
| service during the taxable year in a River Edge |
13 |
| Redevelopment Zone, provided such property is placed in |
14 |
| service on or after July 1, 2006, and the taxpayer's base |
15 |
| employment within Illinois has increased by 1% or more over |
16 |
| the preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's |
17 |
| employment records filed with the Illinois Department of |
18 |
| Employment Security. Taxpayers who are new to Illinois |
19 |
| shall be deemed to have met the 1% growth in base |
20 |
| employment for the first year in which they file employment |
21 |
| records with the Illinois Department of Employment |
22 |
| Security. If, in any year, the increase in base employment |
23 |
| within Illinois over the preceding year is less than 1%, |
24 |
| the additional credit shall be limited to that percentage |
25 |
| times a fraction, the numerator of which is 0.5% and the |
26 |
| denominator of which is 1%, but shall not exceed 0.5%.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 25 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone, River Edge |
2 |
| Redevelopment Zone, and Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone.
|
3 |
| (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an |
4 |
| enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the |
5 |
| Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity or for |
6 |
| taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2006, in a |
7 |
| River Edge Redevelopment Zone conducting a trade or |
8 |
| business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade Zone or |
9 |
| Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
imposed |
10 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the amount of |
11 |
| $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the zone during |
12 |
| the taxable year.
|
13 |
| (2) To qualify for the credit:
|
14 |
| (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible |
15 |
| employees to work in an
enterprise zone, River Edge |
16 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign |
17 |
| Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the taxable year;
|
18 |
| (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the |
19 |
| enterprise zone, River Edge Redevelopment Zone, or
|
20 |
| federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone |
21 |
| must
increase by 5 or more full-time employees beyond |
22 |
| the total employed in that
zone at the end of the |
23 |
| previous tax year for which a jobs tax
credit under |
24 |
| this Section was taken, or beyond the total employed by |
25 |
| the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, whichever is |
26 |
| later; and
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 26 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 |
2 |
| consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for |
3 |
| purposes of this subsection.
|
4 |
| (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is:
|
5 |
| (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and |
6 |
| Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" |
7 |
| pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with |
8 |
| Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
|
9 |
| Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job |
10 |
| Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training |
11 |
| Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
|
12 |
| (B) Hired after the enterprise zone, River Edge |
13 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign
|
14 |
| Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was designated or the trade or
|
15 |
| business was located in that zone, whichever is later.
|
16 |
| (C) Employed in the enterprise zone, River Edge |
17 |
| Redevelopment Zone, or Foreign Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. |
18 |
| An employee is employed in an
enterprise zone or |
19 |
| federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
if |
20 |
| his services are rendered there or it is the base of
|
21 |
| operations for the services performed.
|
22 |
| (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours |
23 |
| per week.
|
24 |
| (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 |
25 |
| and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed |
26 |
| for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 27 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the |
2 |
| credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
|
3 |
| following the tax year in which the eligible employees are |
4 |
| hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
5 |
| liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
6 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
7 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
8 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
9 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
10 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
11 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier |
12 |
| credit shall be applied first.
|
13 |
| (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such |
14 |
| rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry |
15 |
| out the purposes of this subsection (g).
|
16 |
| (6) The credit shall be available for eligible |
17 |
| employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986.
|
18 |
| (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business.
|
19 |
| (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 |
20 |
| of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be |
21 |
| allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
22 |
| and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
|
23 |
| property which is placed in service by a Department of |
24 |
| Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact |
25 |
| Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such |
26 |
| property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 28 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in |
2 |
| subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
|
3 |
| Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the |
4 |
| time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
|
5 |
| Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact |
6 |
| Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and |
7 |
| (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone |
8 |
| Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
|
9 |
| reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by |
10 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The |
11 |
| credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the |
12 |
| taxable year in which such investments have been completed. |
13 |
| The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum |
14 |
| investment by a designated
high impact business authorized |
15 |
| under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois |
16 |
| Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable |
17 |
| year in
which the property is placed in service and shall |
18 |
| not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a |
19 |
| taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) |
20 |
| and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending |
21 |
| on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed |
22 |
| for the tax year in which the property is placed in |
23 |
| service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
24 |
| liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original |
25 |
| liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
26 |
| may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 29 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
2 |
| credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
3 |
| there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
4 |
| tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the |
5 |
| credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
|
6 |
| Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act |
7 |
| 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and |
8 |
| reflect existing law.
|
9 |
| (2) The term qualified property means property which:
|
10 |
| (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
11 |
| buildings and
structural components of buildings;
|
12 |
| (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
13 |
| Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
14 |
| as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
15 |
| eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
16 |
| (h);
|
17 |
| (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
18 |
| 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and
|
19 |
| (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone |
20 |
| Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this |
21 |
| Section.
|
22 |
| (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
23 |
| used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
24 |
| income tax purposes.
|
25 |
| (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
26 |
| depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 30 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or |
2 |
| Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of |
3 |
| such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
|
4 |
| the date of such increase in basis.
|
5 |
| (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
6 |
| meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
7 |
| (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before |
8 |
| December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
|
9 |
| property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months |
10 |
| after being placed
in service, or the situs of any |
11 |
| qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 |
12 |
| months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under |
13 |
| subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable |
14 |
| year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined |
15 |
| by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have |
16 |
| been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property |
17 |
| was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from |
18 |
| such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed |
19 |
| credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For |
20 |
| the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the |
21 |
| basis of qualified property resulting
from a |
22 |
| redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a |
23 |
| disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such |
24 |
| reduction.
|
25 |
| (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, |
26 |
| 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 31 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and |
2 |
| the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of |
3 |
| the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
|
4 |
| 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under |
5 |
| subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased |
6 |
| for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its |
7 |
| facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit |
8 |
| received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h).
|
9 |
| (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
10 |
| Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit |
11 |
| shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and |
12 |
| (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and |
13 |
| (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by |
14 |
| multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
15 |
| Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income |
16 |
| allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois |
17 |
| base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax |
18 |
| rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
|
19 |
| Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this |
20 |
| subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed |
21 |
| because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) |
22 |
| and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
|
23 |
| liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried |
24 |
| forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections |
25 |
| (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit |
26 |
| year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 32 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
|
2 |
| applied first to the earliest year for which there is a |
3 |
| liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more |
4 |
| than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the |
5 |
| earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied |
6 |
| first.
|
7 |
| If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, |
8 |
| 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
9 |
| Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this |
10 |
| subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax |
11 |
| shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by |
12 |
| recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
|
13 |
| imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
|
14 |
| reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different |
15 |
| taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable |
16 |
| year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed.
|
17 |
| (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
18 |
| ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, |
19 |
| 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax |
20 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all |
21 |
| amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by |
22 |
| the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside |
23 |
| of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational |
24 |
| training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled |
25 |
| or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the |
26 |
| computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 33 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such |
2 |
| training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
|
3 |
| corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the |
4 |
| liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of |
5 |
| federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a |
6 |
| credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance |
7 |
| with the determination of income and distributive
share of |
8 |
| income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the |
9 |
| Internal
Revenue Code.
|
10 |
| Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in |
11 |
| the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of |
12 |
| the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is |
13 |
| first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied |
14 |
| first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If |
15 |
| there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax |
16 |
| year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
|
17 |
| credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No |
18 |
| carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or |
19 |
| after
December 31, 2003.
|
20 |
| (k) Research and development credit.
|
21 |
| For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
|
22 |
| December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on |
23 |
| or after December 31, 2004, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a |
24 |
| credit against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of |
25 |
| this
Section for increasing research activities in this State. |
26 |
| The credit
allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 34 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| and (b) shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures |
2 |
| for increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, |
3 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of |
4 |
| limited liability companies, if the liability company is |
5 |
| treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State |
6 |
| income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this |
7 |
| subsection to be determined in accordance with the
|
8 |
| determination of income and distributive share of income under |
9 |
| Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue |
10 |
| Code.
|
11 |
| For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" |
12 |
| means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal |
13 |
| credit for increasing
research activities which would be |
14 |
| allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and |
15 |
| which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for |
16 |
| increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess |
17 |
| of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which |
18 |
| incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, |
19 |
| "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average |
20 |
| of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base |
21 |
| period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately |
22 |
| preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being |
23 |
| made.
|
24 |
| Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable |
25 |
| year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
|
26 |
| unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 35 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 |
2 |
| taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs |
3 |
| first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending |
4 |
| prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year |
5 |
| ending on or after December 31, 2003.
|
6 |
| If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from |
7 |
| 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest |
8 |
| year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the |
9 |
| given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still |
10 |
| remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be |
11 |
| applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
|
12 |
| liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused |
13 |
| credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next |
14 |
| following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except |
15 |
| that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more |
16 |
| than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the |
17 |
| credit is given was incurred.
|
18 |
| No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the |
19 |
| 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable |
20 |
| years beginning before January
1, 1999.
|
21 |
| (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
|
22 |
| (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on |
23 |
| or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a |
24 |
| credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) |
25 |
| of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed |
26 |
| eligible remediation costs, as specified in this |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 36 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed |
2 |
| eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the |
3 |
| Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
|
4 |
| Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were |
5 |
| paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for |
6 |
| which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the |
7 |
| Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the |
8 |
| Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed |
9 |
| for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the |
10 |
| eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not |
11 |
| available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related |
12 |
| party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a |
13 |
| release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site |
14 |
| that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action |
15 |
| pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
16 |
| Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control |
17 |
| Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois |
18 |
| Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and |
19 |
| enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental |
20 |
| Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability |
21 |
| for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with |
22 |
| those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" |
23 |
| includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has |
24 |
| succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code |
25 |
| and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a |
26 |
| deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 37 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being |
2 |
| a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The |
3 |
| credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
4 |
| and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible |
5 |
| remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except |
6 |
| that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site |
7 |
| contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the |
8 |
| Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now |
9 |
| Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The |
10 |
| total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with |
11 |
| a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
|
12 |
| shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be |
13 |
| allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in |
14 |
| accordance with the determination of
income and |
15 |
| distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
|
16 |
| subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
17 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
18 |
| unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried |
19 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year |
20 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The |
21 |
| term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of |
22 |
| unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the |
23 |
| maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). |
24 |
| This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for |
25 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
26 |
| subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 38 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this |
2 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under |
3 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of |
4 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
5 |
| was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the |
6 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining |
7 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
|
8 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
9 |
| chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to |
10 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the |
11 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
12 |
| amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
13 |
| the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any |
14 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be |
15 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i).
|
16 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
17 |
| shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
18 |
| Environmental Protection Act.
|
19 |
| (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
20 |
| ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian |
21 |
| of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
|
22 |
| against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this |
23 |
| Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of |
24 |
| the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of |
25 |
| qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total |
26 |
| credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 39 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a |
2 |
| credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability |
3 |
| under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt |
4 |
| from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act.
|
5 |
| For purposes of this subsection:
|
6 |
| "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are |
7 |
| residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of |
8 |
| 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is |
9 |
| sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is |
10 |
| sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through |
11 |
| twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in |
12 |
| this subsection.
|
13 |
| "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on |
14 |
| behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, |
15 |
| book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is |
16 |
| enrolled during the regular school
year.
|
17 |
| "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or |
18 |
| secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title |
19 |
| VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which |
20 |
| satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, |
21 |
| except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
|
22 |
| attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for |
23 |
| the credit
under this Section.
|
24 |
| "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an |
25 |
| Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal |
26 |
| guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 40 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (n) River Edge Redevelopment Zone site remediation tax |
2 |
| credit.
|
3 |
| (i) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 2006, |
4 |
| a taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax |
5 |
| imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
6 |
| certain amounts paid for unreimbursed eligible remediation |
7 |
| costs, as specified in this subsection. For purposes of |
8 |
| this Section, "unreimbursed eligible remediation costs" |
9 |
| means costs approved by the Illinois Environmental |
10 |
| Protection Agency ("Agency") under Section 58.14a of the |
11 |
| Environmental Protection Act that were paid in performing |
12 |
| environmental remediation at a site within a River Edge |
13 |
| Redevelopment Zone for which a No Further Remediation |
14 |
| Letter was issued by the Agency and recorded under Section |
15 |
| 58.10 of the Environmental Protection Act. The credit must |
16 |
| be claimed for the taxable year in which Agency approval of |
17 |
| the eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is |
18 |
| not available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any |
19 |
| related party caused or contributed to, in any material |
20 |
| respect, a release of regulated substances on, in, or under |
21 |
| the site that was identified and addressed by the remedial |
22 |
| action pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
23 |
| Environmental Protection Act. Determinations as to credit |
24 |
| availability for purposes of this Section shall be made |
25 |
| consistent with rules adopted by the Pollution Control |
26 |
| Board pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 41 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Act for the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 |
2 |
| of the Environmental Protection Act. For purposes of this |
3 |
| Section, "taxpayer" includes a person whose tax attributes |
4 |
| the taxpayer has succeeded to under Section 381 of the |
5 |
| Internal Revenue Code and "related party" includes the |
6 |
| persons disallowed a deduction for losses by paragraphs |
7 |
| (b), (c), and (f)(1) of Section 267 of the Internal Revenue |
8 |
| Code by virtue of being a related taxpayer, as well as any |
9 |
| of its partners. The credit allowed against the tax imposed |
10 |
| by subsections (a) and (b) shall be equal to 25% of the |
11 |
| unreimbursed eligible remediation costs in excess of |
12 |
| $100,000 per site. |
13 |
| (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
14 |
| unused in the year the credit is earned may be carried |
15 |
| forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year |
16 |
| for which the credit is first earned until it is used. This |
17 |
| credit shall be applied first to the earliest year for |
18 |
| which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
19 |
| subsection from more than one tax year that is available to |
20 |
| offset a liability, the earliest credit arising under this |
21 |
| subsection shall be applied first. A credit allowed under |
22 |
| this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale of |
23 |
| all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
24 |
| was granted. The purchaser of a remediation site and the |
25 |
| tax credit shall succeed to the unused credit and remaining |
26 |
| carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 42 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
2 |
| chain of title for the site and provide written notice to |
3 |
| the Director of the Illinois Department of Revenue of the |
4 |
| assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
5 |
| amount of the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
6 |
| the sale. In no event may a credit be transferred to any |
7 |
| taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would not be |
8 |
| eligible under the provisions of subsection (i). |
9 |
| (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
10 |
| shall have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
11 |
| Environmental Protection Act. |
12 |
| (iv) This subsection is exempt from the provisions of |
13 |
| Section 250.
|
14 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-1021, eff. 7-12-06; 95-454, eff. 8-27-07.)
|
15 |
| (35 ILCS 5/202.5 new) |
16 |
| Sec. 202.5. Net income attributable to the period prior to
|
17 |
| January 1, 2010 and net income attributable to the period after
|
18 |
| December 31, 2009. |
19 |
| (a) In general. With respect to the taxable year of a
|
20 |
| taxpayer beginning prior to January 1, 2010 and ending after
|
21 |
| December 31, 2009, net income for the period after December 31,
|
22 |
| 2009 is that amount that bears the same ratio to the
taxpayer's |
23 |
| net income for the entire taxable year as the number
of days in |
24 |
| that year after December 31, 2009 bears to the total
number of |
25 |
| days in that year, and the net income for the period
prior to |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 43 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| January 1, 2010 is that amount that bears the
same ratio to the |
2 |
| taxpayer's net income for the entire taxable
year as the number |
3 |
| of days in that year prior to January 1,
2010 bears to the |
4 |
| total number of days in that year. |
5 |
| (b) Election to attribute income and deduction items
|
6 |
| specifically to the respective portions of a taxable year prior
|
7 |
| to January 1, 2010 and after December 31, 2009. In the case of
|
8 |
| a taxpayer with a taxable year beginning prior to January 1,
|
9 |
| 2010 and ending after December 31, 2009, the taxpayer may
|
10 |
| elect, instead of the procedure established in subsection (a)
|
11 |
| of this Section, to determine net income on a specific
|
12 |
| accounting basis for the 2 portions of his or her taxable year: |
13 |
| (i) from the beginning of the taxable year through
|
14 |
| December 31, 2009; and |
15 |
| (ii) from January 1, 2010 through the end of the
|
16 |
| taxable year. |
17 |
| If the taxpayer elects specific accounting under this
|
18 |
| subsection, there shall be taken into account in computing base
|
19 |
| income for each of the 2 portions of the taxable year only
|
20 |
| those items earned, received, paid, incurred or accrued in each |
21 |
| such period. The standard exemption provided by Section 204
|
22 |
| must be divided between the respective periods in amounts that
|
23 |
| bear the same ratio to the total exemption allowable under
|
24 |
| Section 204 (determined without regard to this Section) as the
|
25 |
| total number of days in each such period bears to the total
|
26 |
| number of days in the taxable year. The election provided by
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 44 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| this subsection must be made in form and manner
that the |
2 |
| Department requires by rule, but
must be made no later than the |
3 |
| due date (including any
extensions thereof) for the filing of |
4 |
| the return for the
taxable year, and is irrevocable.
|
5 |
| (35 ILCS 5/208) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-208)
|
6 |
| Sec. 208. Tax credit for residential real property taxes. |
7 |
| Beginning with tax years ending on or after December 31, 1991 |
8 |
| and before January 1, 2010 ,
every individual taxpayer shall be |
9 |
| entitled to a tax credit equal
to 5% of real property taxes |
10 |
| paid by such taxpayer during the
taxable year on the principal |
11 |
| residence of the taxpayer. In the
case of multi-unit or |
12 |
| multi-use structures and farm dwellings,
the taxes on the |
13 |
| taxpayer's principal residence shall be that
portion of the |
14 |
| total taxes which is attributable to such principal
residence.
|
15 |
| For tax years beginning on January 1, 2010 and thereafter, |
16 |
| every individual, trust, estate, and corporate taxpayer shall |
17 |
| be entitled to a tax credit equal to 10% of real property taxes |
18 |
| paid by the taxpayer during the taxable year on real property |
19 |
| situated within the State. In the case of multi-unit or |
20 |
| multi-use structures, the taxes on the taxpayer's principal |
21 |
| residence shall be that portion of the total taxes that is |
22 |
| attributable to the principal residence. The credit under this |
23 |
| Section may not be carried forward or back. If the amount of |
24 |
| the credit exceeds the income tax liability for the applicable |
25 |
| tax year, then the excess credit must be refunded to the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 45 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| taxpayer. However, a refund under this Section may not exceed |
2 |
| $1,000. This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section |
3 |
| 250 of this Act. |
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 87-17.)
|
5 |
| (35 ILCS 5/218 new) |
6 |
| Sec. 218. Family Tax Credit. |
7 |
| (a) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, |
8 |
| 2010, each individual taxpayer filing single or as a married |
9 |
| person filing separately that reports total annual income of |
10 |
| less than $27,652 (the "eligibility cap for single and married |
11 |
| filing separately") or is a married couple filing
jointly or an |
12 |
| individual filing as head of household that reports total |
13 |
| annual income of less than $55,304 (the "eligibility cap for |
14 |
| married filing jointly and head of household"), is entitled to |
15 |
| a credit against the tax imposed under subsections (a) and (b) |
16 |
| of Section 201 of this Act for each dependent and personal |
17 |
| exemption he or she is entitled to claim on his or her federal |
18 |
| return under Section 151 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. |
19 |
| The credit is known as the "Family Tax Credit" and shall be in |
20 |
| those amounts per personal exemption and dependent that are |
21 |
| identified in
subsection (b) of this Section. The Family Tax |
22 |
| Credit may be claimed only upon proper filing of an Illinois |
23 |
| income tax return by an eligible taxpayer. The eligibility caps |
24 |
| shall
increase for each tax year beginning after December 31, |
25 |
| 2010, by an amount equal to the percentage increase, if any, in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 46 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the Consumer Price Index published by the U.S. Bureau of
Labor |
2 |
| Statistics for the immediately preceding complete calendar |
3 |
| year, multiplied by the eligibility caps for that immediately |
4 |
| preceding tax year. |
5 |
| (b) The amount of the credit is determined as follows: |
6 |
| (1) for a single taxpayer with a total annual income |
7 |
| of: |
8 |
| (A) less than $17,136, the credit is $50; |
9 |
| (B) $17,136 or more but less than $19,419, the |
10 |
| credit is $65; |
11 |
| (C) $19,420 or more but less than $19,420, the |
12 |
| credit is $125; |
13 |
| (D) $19,420 or more but less than $21,705, the |
14 |
| credit is $185; or |
15 |
| (E) $21,705 or more but less than $27,652, the |
16 |
| credit is $248; |
17 |
| (2) for married taxpayers filing separately with a |
18 |
| total annual income of: |
19 |
| (A) less than $11,424, the credit is $50; |
20 |
| (B) $11,424 or more but less than $14,280, the |
21 |
| credit is $65; |
22 |
| (C) $14,280 or more but less than $17,136, the |
23 |
| credit is $125; |
24 |
| (D) $17,136 or more but less than $20,563, the |
25 |
| credit is $185; and |
26 |
| (E) $20,563 or more but less than $27,652, the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 47 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| credit is $248; |
2 |
| (3) for married taxpayers filing jointly with a total |
3 |
| annual income of: |
4 |
| (A) less than $22,848, the credit is $50; |
5 |
| (B) $22,848 or more but less than $28,560, the |
6 |
| credit is $65; |
7 |
| (C) $28,560 or more but less than $34,272, the |
8 |
| credit is $125; |
9 |
| (D) $34,272 or more but less than $41,126, the |
10 |
| credit is $185; and |
11 |
| (E) $41,126 or more but less than $55,304, the |
12 |
| credit is $248; and |
13 |
| (4) for a taxpayer who is a head of household with a |
14 |
| total annual income of: |
15 |
| (A) less than $22,848, the credit is $50; |
16 |
| (B) $22,848 or more but less than $28,560, the |
17 |
| credit is $65; |
18 |
| (C) $28,560 or more but less than $34,272, the |
19 |
| credit is $125; |
20 |
| (D) $34,272 or more but less than $41,126, the |
21 |
| credit is $185; and |
22 |
| (E) $41,126 or more but less than $55,304, the |
23 |
| credit is $248. |
24 |
| The dollar range of total annual income identified in the |
25 |
| respective filing statuses and the credit per |
26 |
| dependent/personal exemption amounts associated therewith, |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 48 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall each increase in each tax year beginning after December |
2 |
| 31, 2010, by an amount equal to the applicable percentage |
3 |
| increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for the |
4 |
| immediately preceding complete calendar year, multiplied by |
5 |
| the applicable total annual income range amounts and the credit |
6 |
| per dependent/personal exemption amounts associated therewith. |
7 |
| The Department of Revenue shall update the total annual income |
8 |
| range amounts and
associated credit amounts for the Family Tax |
9 |
| Credit annually and distribute the updated table with the |
10 |
| Illinois personal income tax returns |
11 |
| (c) If the amount of the Family Tax Credit exceeds the |
12 |
| income tax liability of an eligible taxpayer, the State shall |
13 |
| refund to the taxpayer the difference between the Family Tax
|
14 |
| Credit and that eligible taxpayer's income tax liability. |
15 |
| (d) This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section |
16 |
| 250 of this Act. |
17 |
| (35 ILCS 5/219 new) |
18 |
| Sec. 219. Residential rent credit. Each individual
|
19 |
| taxpayer paying rent on a principal residence located within |
20 |
| the State is entitled to a credit, not to
exceed $500, against |
21 |
| the personal income tax imposed under this Act, in the amount |
22 |
| of 5% of the annual rent paid by that taxpayer during
the |
23 |
| taxable year for the residence of the taxpayer. If the amount |
24 |
| of
the renter's credit exceeds the income tax liability of an |
25 |
| eligible taxpayer, the State shall refund to that taxpayer the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 49 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| difference between the credit and income tax liability.
This |
2 |
| Section is exempt from the provisions of Section 250 of this |
3 |
| Act. |
4 |
| Section 15. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by |
5 |
| changing Sections 1 and 2 as follows:
|
6 |
| (35 ILCS 120/1) (from Ch. 120, par. 440)
|
7 |
| Sec. 1. Definitions. "Sale at retail" means any transfer of |
8 |
| the
ownership of or title to
tangible personal property to a |
9 |
| purchaser, for the purpose of use or
consumption, and not for |
10 |
| the purpose of resale in any form as tangible
personal property |
11 |
| to the extent not first subjected to a use for which it
was |
12 |
| purchased, for a valuable consideration: Provided that the |
13 |
| property
purchased is deemed to be purchased for the purpose of |
14 |
| resale, despite
first being used, to the extent to which it is |
15 |
| resold as an ingredient of
an intentionally produced product or |
16 |
| byproduct of manufacturing. For this
purpose, slag produced as |
17 |
| an incident to manufacturing pig iron or steel
and sold is |
18 |
| considered to be an intentionally produced byproduct of
|
19 |
| manufacturing. Transactions whereby the possession of the |
20 |
| property is
transferred but the seller retains the title as |
21 |
| security for payment of the
selling price shall be deemed to be |
22 |
| sales.
|
23 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any transfer |
24 |
| of the
ownership of or title to tangible personal property to a |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 50 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| purchaser, for use
or consumption by any other person to whom |
2 |
| such purchaser may transfer the
tangible personal property |
3 |
| without a valuable consideration, and to include
any transfer, |
4 |
| whether made for or without a valuable consideration, for
|
5 |
| resale in any form as tangible personal property unless made in |
6 |
| compliance
with Section 2c of this Act.
|
7 |
| Sales of tangible personal property, which property, to the |
8 |
| extent not
first subjected to a use for which it was purchased, |
9 |
| as an ingredient or
constituent, goes into and forms a part of |
10 |
| tangible personal property
subsequently the subject of a "Sale |
11 |
| at retail", are not sales at retail as
defined in this Act: |
12 |
| Provided that the property purchased is deemed to be
purchased |
13 |
| for the purpose of resale, despite first being used, to the
|
14 |
| extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of an |
15 |
| intentionally produced
product or byproduct of manufacturing.
|
16 |
| "Sale at retail" includes all of the following services, as |
17 |
| enumerated in the North American Industry Classification |
18 |
| System Manual (NAICS), 1997, prepared by the United States |
19 |
| Office of Management and Budget: |
20 |
| (1) Specialized good warehousing and storage |
21 |
| (4931902). |
22 |
| (2) Household goods warehousing and storage (4931901). |
23 |
| (3) Marinas (7131901). |
24 |
| (4) Travel arrangement reservation services (5615). |
25 |
| (5) Consumer electronics repair and maintenance |
26 |
| (811211). |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 51 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (6) Personal and household goods. |
2 |
| (7) Carpet and upholstery cleaning services (56174). |
3 |
| (8) Dating services (8129902). |
4 |
| (9) Hair, nail, and skin care (81211). |
5 |
| (10) Other personal services other than hair, nail, |
6 |
| facial, or nonpermanent makeup services (81219). |
7 |
| (11) Dry cleaning and laundry, except coin-operated |
8 |
| (81232). |
9 |
| (12) Consumer goods rental (5322). |
10 |
| (13) General goods rental (5323). |
11 |
| (14) Diet and weight reducing services (812191). |
12 |
| (15) Investigation services (561611). |
13 |
| (16) Bail bonding (8129901). |
14 |
| (17) Telephone answering services (561421). |
15 |
| (18) Photographic studios, portrait (541921). |
16 |
| (19) Linen supply (812331). |
17 |
| (20) Industrial launderers (812332). |
18 |
| (21) Interior design services (54141). |
19 |
| (22) Computer systems design and related services |
20 |
| (5415). |
21 |
| (23) Credit bureaus (56145). |
22 |
| (24) Collection agencies (56144). |
23 |
| (25) Other business services, including copy shops |
24 |
| (561439). |
25 |
| (26) Automotive repair and maintenance (8111). |
26 |
| (27) Parking lots and garages (81293). |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 52 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (28) Motor vehicle towing (48841). |
2 |
| (29) Racetracks (711212). |
3 |
| (30) Amusement parks and arcades (7131). |
4 |
| (31) Bowling Centers (71395). |
5 |
| (32) Cable and other program distribution (51322). |
6 |
| (33) Circuses (7111901). |
7 |
| (34) Coin operated amusement devices, except slots |
8 |
| (7139905). |
9 |
| (35) Golf courses and country clubs (71391). |
10 |
| (36) Fitness and recreational sports centers (711211). |
11 |
| (37) Sports teams and clubs (711211). |
12 |
| (38) Performing arts companies (7111). |
13 |
| (39) Miniature golf courses (7139904). |
14 |
| (40) Scenic and sightseeing transportation (487). |
15 |
| (41) Limousine services (48532). |
16 |
| (42) Unscheduled chartered passenger air |
17 |
| transportation (481211). |
18 |
| (43) Motion picture theaters, except drive-in theaters |
19 |
| (512131). |
20 |
| (44) Drive-in motion picture theaters (512132). |
21 |
| (45) Horse boarding and training (not race horses) |
22 |
| (11521). |
23 |
| (46) Pet grooming (81291). |
24 |
| (47) Landscaping services (including lawn care) |
25 |
| (56173). |
26 |
| (48) Carpentry, painting, plumbing and similar trades |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 53 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (238). |
2 |
| (49) Construction service (grading, excavating, etc.) |
3 |
| (23593). |
4 |
| (50) Water well drilling (23581). |
5 |
| (51) Income from intrastate transportation of persons |
6 |
| (485). |
7 |
| (52) Automotive storage. |
8 |
| (53) Sewer and refuse, industrial (33132/562). |
9 |
| (54) Mini -storage (53113). |
10 |
| (55) Household goods storage (49311). |
11 |
| (56) Cold storage (49312). |
12 |
| (57) Marina Service (docking, storage, cleaning, |
13 |
| repair) (71393). |
14 |
| (58) Marine towing service (incl. tugboats) (48833). |
15 |
| (59) Packing and crating (488991). |
16 |
| (60) Water (22131). |
17 |
| (61) Service charges of banking institutions (522). |
18 |
| (62) Investment counseling (52392/3). |
19 |
| (63) Income from funeral services (81221). |
20 |
| (64) Garment services (altering & repairing) (81149). |
21 |
| (65) Gift and package wrapping service (5619). |
22 |
| (66) Gift and package wrapping service(81231). |
23 |
| (67) Shoe repair (81143). |
24 |
| (68) Massage services (81299). |
25 |
| (69) Swimming pool cleaning & maintenance (56179). |
26 |
| (70) Tax return preparation (541213). |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 54 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (71) Tuxedo rental (53222). |
2 |
| (72) Water softening and conditioning (56199). |
3 |
| (73) Armored car services (561613). |
4 |
| (74) Advertising agency fees (not ad placement) |
5 |
| (54181). |
6 |
| (75) Commercial art and graphic design (54143). |
7 |
| (76) Temporary help agencies (56132). |
8 |
| (77) Employment agencies (56131). |
9 |
| (78) Test laboratories (excluding medical) (54138). |
10 |
| (79) Maintenance and janitorial services (56172). |
11 |
| (80) Exterminating (includes termite services) |
12 |
| (56171). |
13 |
| (81) Packing and crating. |
14 |
| (82) Tire recapping and repairing (326212/811198). |
15 |
| (83) Private investigation (detective) services |
16 |
| (561612). |
17 |
| (84) Printing (32311). |
18 |
| (85) Internet Service Providers-Dialup (518111). |
19 |
| (86) Sign construction and installation (54189). |
20 |
| (87) Internet Service Providers-DSL or other broadband |
21 |
| (518111). |
22 |
| (88) Automotive washing and waxing (811192). |
23 |
| (89) Automotive road service and towing services |
24 |
| (48848112). |
25 |
| (90) Auto service. except repairs, incl. painting & |
26 |
| lube (81119). |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 55 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (91) Parking lots & garages (81293). |
2 |
| (92) Automotive rustproofing & undercoating (811198). |
3 |
| (93) Amusement park admission & rides (71311). |
4 |
| (94) Circuses and fairs -- admission and games (7113). |
5 |
| (95) Cable TV services (51751). |
6 |
| (96) Admission to school and college sports events |
7 |
| (7112). |
8 |
| (97) Membership fees in private clubs (71391). |
9 |
| (98) Admission to cultural events (7111). |
10 |
| (99) Pinball and other mechanical amusements (71312). |
11 |
| (100) Rental of video tapes for home viewing (53223). |
12 |
| (101) Personal property, short term and long term |
13 |
| (generally) (5322). |
14 |
| (102) Taxidermy. |
15 |
| (103) Custom fabrication labor. |
16 |
| (104) Repair labor, generally. |
17 |
| (105) Rental of hand tools to licensed contractors |
18 |
| (532412). |
19 |
| (106) Trailer parks - overnight (7212). |
20 |
| (107) Welding labor (fabrication and repair). |
21 |
| (108) Custom meat slaughtering, cutting and wrapping. |
22 |
| (109) Installation charges - other than seller of |
23 |
| goods. |
24 |
| (110) Custom processing (on customer's property). |
25 |
| (111)Installation charges by persons selling property. |
26 |
| (112) Labor charges on repair of aircraft. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 56 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (113) Labor charges - repairs to intrastate vessels. |
2 |
| (114) Labor - repairs to commercial fishing vessels |
3 |
| (336611). |
4 |
| (115) Labor charges on repairs to railroad rolling |
5 |
| stock. |
6 |
| (116) Labor - repairs or remodeling of real property. |
7 |
| (117) Labor charges - repairs other tangible property |
8 |
| (811). |
9 |
| (118) Labor on radio/TV repairs; other electronic |
10 |
| equip (8112). |
11 |
| (119) Labor charges on repairs to motor vehicles |
12 |
| (811111). |
13 |
| "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any Illinois |
14 |
| florist's
sales transaction in which the purchase order is |
15 |
| received in Illinois by a
florist and the sale is for use or |
16 |
| consumption, but the Illinois florist
has a florist in another |
17 |
| state deliver the property to the purchaser or the
purchaser's |
18 |
| donee in such other state.
|
19 |
| Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by |
20 |
| persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, |
21 |
| cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is |
22 |
| transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as |
23 |
| part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, |
24 |
| package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where |
25 |
| consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those |
26 |
| items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 57 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other |
2 |
| containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, |
3 |
| and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to |
4 |
| customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the |
5 |
| ordinary course of business.
|
6 |
| The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible |
7 |
| personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose |
8 |
| of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a |
9 |
| purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
|
10 |
| A person whose activities are organized and conducted |
11 |
| primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who |
12 |
| engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail |
13 |
| (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) |
14 |
| is engaged in the business of selling tangible personal
|
15 |
| property at retail with respect to such transactions, excepting |
16 |
| only a
person organized and operated exclusively for |
17 |
| charitable, religious or
educational purposes either (1), to |
18 |
| the extent of sales by such person to
its members, students, |
19 |
| patients or inmates of tangible personal property to
be used |
20 |
| primarily for the purposes of such person, or (2), to the |
21 |
| extent of
sales by such person of tangible personal property |
22 |
| which is not sold or
offered for sale by persons organized for |
23 |
| profit. The selling of school
books and school supplies by |
24 |
| schools at retail to students is not
"primarily for the |
25 |
| purposes of" the school which does such selling. The
provisions |
26 |
| of this paragraph shall not apply to nor subject to taxation
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 58 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| occasional dinners, socials or similar activities of a person |
2 |
| organized and
operated exclusively for charitable, religious |
3 |
| or educational purposes,
whether or not such activities are |
4 |
| open to the public.
|
5 |
| A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under |
6 |
| Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and |
7 |
| serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program |
8 |
| for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in |
9 |
| amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of |
10 |
| suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not
|
11 |
| engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property |
12 |
| at retail
with respect to such transactions.
|
13 |
| "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, |
14 |
| acquires the
ownership of or title to tangible personal |
15 |
| property for a valuable
consideration.
|
16 |
| "Reseller of motor fuel" means any person engaged in the |
17 |
| business of selling
or delivering or transferring title of |
18 |
| motor fuel to another person
other than for use or consumption.
|
19 |
| No person shall act as a reseller of motor fuel within this |
20 |
| State without
first being registered as a reseller pursuant to |
21 |
| Section 2c or a retailer
pursuant to Section 2a.
|
22 |
| "Selling price" or the "amount of sale" means the |
23 |
| consideration for a
sale valued in money whether received in |
24 |
| money or otherwise, including
cash, credits, property, other |
25 |
| than as hereinafter provided, and services,
but not including |
26 |
| the value of or credit given for traded-in tangible
personal |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 59 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| property where the item that is traded-in is of like kind and
|
2 |
| character as that which is being sold, and shall be determined |
3 |
| without any
deduction on account of the cost of the property |
4 |
| sold, the cost of
materials used, labor or service cost or any |
5 |
| other expense whatsoever, but
does not include charges that are |
6 |
| added to prices by sellers on account of
the seller's tax |
7 |
| liability under this Act, or on account of the seller's
duty to |
8 |
| collect, from the purchaser, the tax that is imposed by the Use |
9 |
| Tax
Act, or, except as otherwise provided with respect to any |
10 |
| cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit, on account of the |
11 |
| seller's tax liability under any local occupation tax |
12 |
| administered by the Department, or, except as otherwise |
13 |
| provided with respect to any cigarette tax imposed by a home |
14 |
| rule unit on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the |
15 |
| purchasers, the tax that is imposed under any local use tax |
16 |
| administered by the Department.
Effective December 1, 1985, |
17 |
| "selling price" shall include charges that
are added to prices |
18 |
| by sellers on account of the seller's
tax liability under the |
19 |
| Cigarette Tax Act, on account of the sellers'
duty to collect, |
20 |
| from the purchaser, the tax imposed under the Cigarette
Use Tax |
21 |
| Act, and on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the
|
22 |
| purchaser, any cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit.
|
23 |
| The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally |
24 |
| construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor |
25 |
| vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or |
26 |
| agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 60 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
|
2 |
| which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from |
3 |
| retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or |
4 |
| occasional sale.
|
5 |
| "Gross receipts" from the sales of tangible personal |
6 |
| property at retail
means the total selling price or the amount |
7 |
| of such sales, as hereinbefore
defined. In the case of charge |
8 |
| and time sales, the amount thereof shall be
included only as |
9 |
| and when payments are received by the seller.
Receipts or other |
10 |
| consideration derived by a seller from
the sale, transfer or |
11 |
| assignment of accounts receivable to a wholly owned
subsidiary |
12 |
| will not be deemed payments prior to the time the purchaser
|
13 |
| makes payment on such accounts.
|
14 |
| "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
15 |
| "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, |
16 |
| association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or |
17 |
| private corporation, limited
liability company, or a receiver, |
18 |
| executor, trustee, guardian or other
representative appointed |
19 |
| by order of any court.
|
20 |
| The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal |
21 |
| property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as |
22 |
| being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling |
23 |
| such tangible personal property at retail, or
a sale through a |
24 |
| bulk vending machine, does not constitute engaging in a
|
25 |
| business of selling such tangible personal property at retail |
26 |
| within the
meaning of this Act; provided that any person who is |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 61 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| engaged in a business
which is not subject to the tax imposed |
2 |
| by this Act because of involving
the sale of or a contract to |
3 |
| sell real estate or a construction contract to
improve real |
4 |
| estate or a construction contract to engineer, install, and
|
5 |
| maintain an integrated system of products, but who, in the |
6 |
| course of
conducting such business,
transfers tangible |
7 |
| personal property to users or consumers in the finished
form in |
8 |
| which it was purchased, and which does not become real estate |
9 |
| or was
not engineered and installed, under any provision of a |
10 |
| construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales |
11 |
| agreement entered into with some other
person arising out of or |
12 |
| because of such nontaxable business, is engaged in the
business |
13 |
| of selling tangible personal property at retail to the extent |
14 |
| of the
value of the tangible personal property so transferred. |
15 |
| If, in such a
transaction, a separate charge is made for the |
16 |
| tangible personal property so
transferred, the value of such |
17 |
| property, for the purpose of this Act, shall be
the amount so |
18 |
| separately charged, but not less than the cost of such property
|
19 |
| to the transferor; if no separate charge is made, the value of |
20 |
| such property,
for the purposes of this Act, is the cost to the |
21 |
| transferor of such tangible
personal property. Construction |
22 |
| contracts for the improvement of real estate
consisting of |
23 |
| engineering, installation, and maintenance of voice, data, |
24 |
| video,
security, and all telecommunication systems do not |
25 |
| constitute engaging in a
business of selling tangible personal |
26 |
| property at retail within the meaning of
this Act if they are |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 62 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| sold at one specified contract price.
|
2 |
| A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged |
3 |
| (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal |
4 |
| property at retail is a person
engaged in the business of |
5 |
| selling tangible personal property at retail
hereunder with |
6 |
| respect to such sales (and not primarily in a service
|
7 |
| occupation) notwithstanding the fact that such person designs |
8 |
| and produces
such tangible personal property on special order |
9 |
| for the purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property |
10 |
| of value only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal |
11 |
| property so produced on special order serves
substantially the |
12 |
| same function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal |
13 |
| property that are sold at retail.
|
14 |
| Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible |
15 |
| personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are |
16 |
| engaged in the business
of selling such property at retail and |
17 |
| shall be liable for and shall pay
the tax imposed by this Act |
18 |
| on the basis of the retail value of the
property transferred |
19 |
| upon redemption of such stamps.
|
20 |
| "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing |
21 |
| unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
|
22 |
| primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a |
23 |
| coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are
|
24 |
| inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
|
25 |
| without selection by the customer.
|
26 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-723, eff. 6-23-08.)
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 63 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (35 ILCS 120/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 441)
|
2 |
| Sec. 2. Tax imposed. A tax is imposed upon persons engaged |
3 |
| in the
business of selling at retail tangible personal |
4 |
| property, including
computer software, and including |
5 |
| photographs, negatives, and positives that
are the product of |
6 |
| photoprocessing, but not including products of
photoprocessing |
7 |
| produced for use in motion pictures for public commercial
|
8 |
| exhibition , or engaged in the business of providing services as |
9 |
| set forth in in Section 1 of this Act .
Beginning January 1, |
10 |
| 2001, prepaid telephone calling arrangements shall be
|
11 |
| considered tangible personal property subject to the tax |
12 |
| imposed under this Act
regardless of the form in which those |
13 |
| arrangements may be embodied,
transmitted, or fixed by any |
14 |
| method now known or hereafter developed.
|
15 |
| (Source: P.A. 91-51, eff. 6-30-99; 91-870, eff. 6-22-00.)
|
16 |
| Section 20. The Illinois Pension Code is amended by |
17 |
| changing Section 16-158 as follows:
|
18 |
| (40 ILCS 5/16-158)
(from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 16-158)
|
19 |
| Sec. 16-158. Contributions by State and other employing |
20 |
| units.
|
21 |
| (a) The State shall make contributions to the System by |
22 |
| means of
appropriations from the Common School Fund and other |
23 |
| State funds of amounts
which, together with other employer |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 64 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| contributions, employee contributions,
investment income, and |
2 |
| other income, will be sufficient to meet the cost of
|
3 |
| maintaining and administering the System on a 90% funded basis |
4 |
| in accordance
with actuarial recommendations.
|
5 |
| The Board shall determine the amount of State contributions |
6 |
| required for
each fiscal year on the basis of the actuarial |
7 |
| tables and other assumptions
adopted by the Board and the |
8 |
| recommendations of the actuary, using the formula
in subsection |
9 |
| (b-3).
|
10 |
| (a-1) Annually, on or before November 15, the Board shall |
11 |
| certify to the
Governor the amount of the required State |
12 |
| contribution for the coming fiscal
year. The certification |
13 |
| shall include a copy of the actuarial recommendations
upon |
14 |
| which it is based.
|
15 |
| On or before May 1, 2004, the Board shall recalculate and |
16 |
| recertify to
the Governor the amount of the required State |
17 |
| contribution to the System for
State fiscal year 2005, taking |
18 |
| into account the amounts appropriated to and
received by the |
19 |
| System under subsection (d) of Section 7.2 of the General
|
20 |
| Obligation Bond Act.
|
21 |
| On or before July 1, 2005, the Board shall recalculate and |
22 |
| recertify
to the Governor the amount of the required State
|
23 |
| contribution to the System for State fiscal year 2006, taking |
24 |
| into account the changes in required State contributions made |
25 |
| by this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly.
|
26 |
| (b) Through State fiscal year 1995, the State contributions |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 65 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall be
paid to the System in accordance with Section 18-7 of |
2 |
| the School Code.
|
3 |
| (b-1) Beginning in State fiscal year 1996, on the 15th day |
4 |
| of each month,
or as soon thereafter as may be practicable, the |
5 |
| Board shall submit vouchers
for payment of State contributions |
6 |
| to the System, in a total monthly amount of
one-twelfth of the |
7 |
| required annual State contribution certified under
subsection |
8 |
| (a-1).
From the
effective date of this amendatory Act of the |
9 |
| 93rd General Assembly
through June 30, 2004, the Board shall |
10 |
| not submit vouchers for the
remainder of fiscal year 2004 in |
11 |
| excess of the fiscal year 2004
certified contribution amount |
12 |
| determined under this Section
after taking into consideration |
13 |
| the transfer to the System
under subsection (a) of Section |
14 |
| 6z-61 of the State Finance Act.
These vouchers shall be paid by |
15 |
| the State Comptroller and
Treasurer by warrants drawn on the |
16 |
| funds appropriated to the System for that
fiscal year.
|
17 |
| If in any month the amount remaining unexpended from all |
18 |
| other appropriations
to the System for the applicable fiscal |
19 |
| year (including the appropriations to
the System under Section |
20 |
| 8.12 of the State Finance Act and Section 1 of the
State |
21 |
| Pension Funds Continuing Appropriation Act) is less than the |
22 |
| amount
lawfully vouchered under this subsection, the |
23 |
| difference shall be paid from the
Common School Fund under the |
24 |
| continuing appropriation authority provided in
Section 1.1 of |
25 |
| the State Pension Funds Continuing Appropriation Act.
|
26 |
| (b-2) Allocations from the Common School Fund apportioned |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 66 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| to school
districts not coming under this System shall not be |
2 |
| diminished or affected by
the provisions of this Article.
|
3 |
| (b-3) For State fiscal years 2011 through 2045, the minimum |
4 |
| contribution
to the System to be made by the State for each |
5 |
| fiscal year shall be an amount
determined by the System to be |
6 |
| sufficient to bring the total assets of the
System up to 90% of |
7 |
| the total actuarial liabilities of the System by the end of
|
8 |
| State fiscal year 2045. In making these determinations, the |
9 |
| required State
contribution shall be calculated each year as a |
10 |
| level percentage of payroll
over the years remaining to and |
11 |
| including fiscal year 2045 and shall be
determined under the |
12 |
| projected unit credit actuarial cost method.
|
13 |
| For State fiscal years 1996 through 2005, the State |
14 |
| contribution to the
System, as a percentage of the applicable |
15 |
| employee payroll, shall be increased
in equal annual increments |
16 |
| so that by State fiscal year 2011, the State is
contributing at |
17 |
| the rate required under this Section; except that in the
|
18 |
| following specified State fiscal years, the State contribution |
19 |
| to the System
shall not be less than the following indicated |
20 |
| percentages of the applicable
employee payroll, even if the |
21 |
| indicated percentage will produce a State
contribution in |
22 |
| excess of the amount otherwise required under this subsection
|
23 |
| and subsection (a), and notwithstanding any contrary |
24 |
| certification made under
subsection (a-1) before the effective |
25 |
| date of this amendatory Act of 1998:
10.02% in FY 1999;
10.77% |
26 |
| in FY 2000;
11.47% in FY 2001;
12.16% in FY 2002;
12.86% in FY |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 67 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 2003; and
13.56% in FY 2004.
|
2 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the |
3 |
| total required State
contribution for State fiscal year 2006 is |
4 |
| $534,627,700.
|
5 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the |
6 |
| total required State
contribution for State fiscal year 2007 is |
7 |
| $738,014,500.
|
8 |
| For each of State fiscal years 2008 through 2010, the State |
9 |
| contribution to
the System, as a percentage of the applicable |
10 |
| employee payroll, shall be
increased in equal annual increments |
11 |
| from the required State contribution for State fiscal year |
12 |
| 2007, so that by State fiscal year 2011, the
State is |
13 |
| contributing at the rate otherwise required under this Section.
|
14 |
| Beginning in State fiscal year 2046, the minimum State |
15 |
| contribution for
each fiscal year shall be the amount needed to |
16 |
| maintain the total assets of
the System at 90% of the total |
17 |
| actuarial liabilities of the System.
|
18 |
| Amounts received by the System pursuant to Section 25 of |
19 |
| the Budget Stabilization Act or Section 8.12 of the State |
20 |
| Finance Act in any fiscal year do not reduce and do not |
21 |
| constitute payment of any portion of the minimum State |
22 |
| contribution required under this Article in that fiscal year. |
23 |
| Such amounts shall not reduce, and shall not be included in the |
24 |
| calculation of, the required State contributions under this |
25 |
| Article in any future year until the System has reached a |
26 |
| funding ratio of at least 90%. A reference in this Article to |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 68 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the "required State contribution" or any substantially similar |
2 |
| term does not include or apply to any amounts payable to the |
3 |
| System under Section 25 of the Budget Stabilization Act. |
4 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the |
5 |
| required State
contribution for State fiscal year 2005 and for |
6 |
| fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year thereafter, as
calculated |
7 |
| under this Section and
certified under subsection (a-1), shall |
8 |
| not exceed an amount equal to (i) the
amount of the required |
9 |
| State contribution that would have been calculated under
this |
10 |
| Section for that fiscal year if the System had not received any |
11 |
| payments
under subsection (d) of Section 7.2 of the General |
12 |
| Obligation Bond Act, minus
(ii) the portion of the State's |
13 |
| total debt service payments for that fiscal
year on the bonds |
14 |
| issued for the purposes of that Section 7.2, as determined
and |
15 |
| certified by the Comptroller, that is the same as the System's |
16 |
| portion of
the total moneys distributed under subsection (d) of |
17 |
| Section 7.2 of the General
Obligation Bond Act. In determining |
18 |
| this maximum for State fiscal years 2008 through 2010, however, |
19 |
| the amount referred to in item (i) shall be increased, as a |
20 |
| percentage of the applicable employee payroll, in equal |
21 |
| increments calculated from the sum of the required State |
22 |
| contribution for State fiscal year 2007 plus the applicable |
23 |
| portion of the State's total debt service payments for fiscal |
24 |
| year 2007 on the bonds issued for the purposes of Section 7.2 |
25 |
| of the General
Obligation Bond Act, so that, by State fiscal |
26 |
| year 2011, the
State is contributing at the rate otherwise |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 69 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| required under this Section.
|
2 |
| (c) Payment of the required State contributions and of all |
3 |
| pensions,
retirement annuities, death benefits, refunds, and |
4 |
| other benefits granted
under or assumed by this System, and all |
5 |
| expenses in connection with the
administration and operation |
6 |
| thereof, are obligations of the State.
|
7 |
| If members are paid from special trust or federal funds |
8 |
| which are
administered by the employing unit, whether school |
9 |
| district or other
unit, the employing unit shall pay to the |
10 |
| System from such
funds the full accruing retirement costs based |
11 |
| upon that
service, as determined by the System. Employer |
12 |
| contributions, based on
salary paid to members from federal |
13 |
| funds, may be forwarded by the distributing
agency of the State |
14 |
| of Illinois to the System prior to allocation, in an
amount |
15 |
| determined in accordance with guidelines established by such
|
16 |
| agency and the System.
|
17 |
| (d) Effective July 1, 1986, any employer of a teacher as |
18 |
| defined in
paragraph (8) of Section 16-106 shall pay the |
19 |
| employer's normal cost
of benefits based upon the teacher's |
20 |
| service, in addition to
employee contributions, as determined |
21 |
| by the System. Such employer
contributions shall be forwarded |
22 |
| monthly in accordance with guidelines
established by the |
23 |
| System.
|
24 |
| However, with respect to benefits granted under Section |
25 |
| 16-133.4 or
16-133.5 to a teacher as defined in paragraph (8) |
26 |
| of Section 16-106, the
employer's contribution shall be 12% |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 70 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (rather than 20%) of the member's
highest annual salary rate |
2 |
| for each year of creditable service granted, and
the employer |
3 |
| shall also pay the required employee contribution on behalf of
|
4 |
| the teacher. For the purposes of Sections 16-133.4 and |
5 |
| 16-133.5, a teacher
as defined in paragraph (8) of Section |
6 |
| 16-106 who is serving in that capacity
while on leave of |
7 |
| absence from another employer under this Article shall not
be |
8 |
| considered an employee of the employer from which the teacher |
9 |
| is on leave.
|
10 |
| (e) Beginning July 1, 1998, every employer of a teacher
|
11 |
| shall pay to the System an employer contribution computed as |
12 |
| follows:
|
13 |
| (1) Beginning July 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999, the |
14 |
| employer
contribution shall be equal to 0.3% of each |
15 |
| teacher's salary.
|
16 |
| (2) Beginning July 1, 1999 and thereafter, the employer
|
17 |
| contribution shall be equal to 0.58% of each teacher's |
18 |
| salary.
|
19 |
| The school district or other employing unit may pay these |
20 |
| employer
contributions out of any source of funding available |
21 |
| for that purpose and
shall forward the contributions to the |
22 |
| System on the schedule established
for the payment of member |
23 |
| contributions.
|
24 |
| These employer contributions are intended to offset a |
25 |
| portion of the cost
to the System of the increases in |
26 |
| retirement benefits resulting from this
amendatory Act of 1998.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 71 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Each employer of teachers is entitled to a credit against |
2 |
| the contributions
required under this subsection (e) with |
3 |
| respect to salaries paid to teachers
for the period January 1, |
4 |
| 2002 through June 30, 2003, equal to the amount paid
by that |
5 |
| employer under subsection (a-5) of Section 6.6 of the State |
6 |
| Employees
Group Insurance Act of 1971 with respect to salaries |
7 |
| paid to teachers for that
period.
|
8 |
| The additional 1% employee contribution required under |
9 |
| Section 16-152 by
this amendatory Act of 1998 is the |
10 |
| responsibility of the teacher and not the
teacher's employer, |
11 |
| unless the employer agrees, through collective bargaining
or |
12 |
| otherwise, to make the contribution on behalf of the teacher.
|
13 |
| If an employer is required by a contract in effect on May |
14 |
| 1, 1998 between the
employer and an employee organization to |
15 |
| pay, on behalf of all its full-time
employees
covered by this |
16 |
| Article, all mandatory employee contributions required under
|
17 |
| this Article, then the employer shall be excused from paying |
18 |
| the employer
contribution required under this subsection (e) |
19 |
| for the balance of the term
of that contract. The employer and |
20 |
| the employee organization shall jointly
certify to the System |
21 |
| the existence of the contractual requirement, in such
form as |
22 |
| the System may prescribe. This exclusion shall cease upon the
|
23 |
| termination, extension, or renewal of the contract at any time |
24 |
| after May 1,
1998.
|
25 |
| (f) If the amount of a teacher's salary for any school year |
26 |
| used to determine final average salary exceeds the member's |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 72 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| annual full-time salary rate with the same employer for the |
2 |
| previous school year by more than 6%, the teacher's employer |
3 |
| shall pay to the System, in addition to all other payments |
4 |
| required under this Section and in accordance with guidelines |
5 |
| established by the System, the present value of the increase in |
6 |
| benefits resulting from the portion of the increase in salary |
7 |
| that is in excess of 6%. This present value shall be computed |
8 |
| by the System on the basis of the actuarial assumptions and |
9 |
| tables used in the most recent actuarial valuation of the |
10 |
| System that is available at the time of the computation. If a |
11 |
| teacher's salary for the 2005-2006 school year is used to |
12 |
| determine final average salary under this subsection (f), then |
13 |
| the changes made to this subsection (f) by Public Act 94-1057 |
14 |
| shall apply in calculating whether the increase in his or her |
15 |
| salary is in excess of 6%. For the purposes of this Section, |
16 |
| change in employment under Section 10-21.12 of the School Code |
17 |
| on or after June 1, 2005 shall constitute a change in employer. |
18 |
| The System may require the employer to provide any pertinent |
19 |
| information or documentation.
The changes made to this |
20 |
| subsection (f) by this amendatory Act of the 94th General |
21 |
| Assembly apply without regard to whether the teacher was in |
22 |
| service on or after its effective date.
|
23 |
| Whenever it determines that a payment is or may be required |
24 |
| under this subsection, the System shall calculate the amount of |
25 |
| the payment and bill the employer for that amount. The bill |
26 |
| shall specify the calculations used to determine the amount |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 73 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| due. If the employer disputes the amount of the bill, it may, |
2 |
| within 30 days after receipt of the bill, apply to the System |
3 |
| in writing for a recalculation. The application must specify in |
4 |
| detail the grounds of the dispute and, if the employer asserts |
5 |
| that the calculation is subject to subsection (g) or (h) of |
6 |
| this Section, must include an affidavit setting forth and |
7 |
| attesting to all facts within the employer's knowledge that are |
8 |
| pertinent to the applicability of that subsection. Upon |
9 |
| receiving a timely application for recalculation, the System |
10 |
| shall review the application and, if appropriate, recalculate |
11 |
| the amount due.
|
12 |
| The employer contributions required under this subsection |
13 |
| (f) may be paid in the form of a lump sum within 90 days after |
14 |
| receipt of the bill. If the employer contributions are not paid |
15 |
| within 90 days after receipt of the bill, then interest will be |
16 |
| charged at a rate equal to the System's annual actuarially |
17 |
| assumed rate of return on investment compounded annually from |
18 |
| the 91st day after receipt of the bill. Payments must be |
19 |
| concluded within 3 years after the employer's receipt of the |
20 |
| bill.
|
21 |
| (g) This subsection (g) applies only to payments made or |
22 |
| salary increases given on or after June 1, 2005 but before July |
23 |
| 1, 2011. The changes made by Public Act 94-1057 shall not |
24 |
| require the System to refund any payments received before
July |
25 |
| 31, 2006 (the effective date of Public Act 94-1057). |
26 |
| When assessing payment for any amount due under subsection |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 74 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (f), the System shall exclude salary increases paid to teachers |
2 |
| under contracts or collective bargaining agreements entered |
3 |
| into, amended, or renewed before June 1, 2005.
|
4 |
| When assessing payment for any amount due under subsection |
5 |
| (f), the System shall exclude salary increases paid to a |
6 |
| teacher at a time when the teacher is 10 or more years from |
7 |
| retirement eligibility under Section 16-132 or 16-133.2.
|
8 |
| When assessing payment for any amount due under subsection |
9 |
| (f), the System shall exclude salary increases resulting from |
10 |
| overload work, including summer school, when the school |
11 |
| district has certified to the System, and the System has |
12 |
| approved the certification, that (i) the overload work is for |
13 |
| the sole purpose of classroom instruction in excess of the |
14 |
| standard number of classes for a full-time teacher in a school |
15 |
| district during a school year and (ii) the salary increases are |
16 |
| equal to or less than the rate of pay for classroom instruction |
17 |
| computed on the teacher's current salary and work schedule.
|
18 |
| When assessing payment for any amount due under subsection |
19 |
| (f), the System shall exclude a salary increase resulting from |
20 |
| a promotion (i) for which the employee is required to hold a |
21 |
| certificate or supervisory endorsement issued by the State |
22 |
| Teacher Certification Board that is a different certification |
23 |
| or supervisory endorsement than is required for the teacher's |
24 |
| previous position and (ii) to a position that has existed and |
25 |
| been filled by a member for no less than one complete academic |
26 |
| year and the salary increase from the promotion is an increase |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 75 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| that results in an amount no greater than the lesser of the |
2 |
| average salary paid for other similar positions in the district |
3 |
| requiring the same certification or the amount stipulated in |
4 |
| the collective bargaining agreement for a similar position |
5 |
| requiring the same certification.
|
6 |
| When assessing payment for any amount due under subsection |
7 |
| (f), the System shall exclude any payment to the teacher from |
8 |
| the State of Illinois or the State Board of Education over |
9 |
| which the employer does not have discretion or which is paid to |
10 |
| a mentor teacher or principal
from funds provided to the |
11 |
| employer by the State Board of Education for
the purpose of |
12 |
| mentoring a new teacher or principal , notwithstanding that the |
13 |
| payment is included in the computation of final average salary.
|
14 |
| (h) When assessing payment for any amount due under |
15 |
| subsection (f), the System shall exclude any salary increase |
16 |
| described in subsection (g) of this Section given on or after |
17 |
| July 1, 2011 but before July 1, 2014 under a contract or |
18 |
| collective bargaining agreement entered into, amended, or |
19 |
| renewed on or after June 1, 2005 but before July 1, 2011. |
20 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, any |
21 |
| payments made or salary increases given after June 30, 2014 |
22 |
| shall be used in assessing payment for any amount due under |
23 |
| subsection (f) of this Section.
|
24 |
| (i) The System shall prepare a report and file copies of |
25 |
| the report with the Governor and the General Assembly by |
26 |
| January 1, 2007 that contains all of the following information: |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 76 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (1) The number of recalculations required by the |
2 |
| changes made to this Section by Public Act 94-1057 for each |
3 |
| employer. |
4 |
| (2) The dollar amount by which each employer's |
5 |
| contribution to the System was changed due to |
6 |
| recalculations required by Public Act 94-1057. |
7 |
| (3) The total amount the System received from each |
8 |
| employer as a result of the changes made to this Section by |
9 |
| Public Act 94-4. |
10 |
| (4) The increase in the required State contribution |
11 |
| resulting from the changes made to this Section by Public |
12 |
| Act 94-1057.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-4, eff. 6-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1057, |
14 |
| eff. 7-31-06; 94-1111, eff. 2-27-07; 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; |
15 |
| 95-950, eff. 8-29-08.)
|
16 |
| Section 25. The School Code is amended by changing Sections |
17 |
| 1A-8, 1C-2, 2-3.25c, 2-3.25d, 2-3.53a, 3-7, 10-17a, 10-20.20, |
18 |
| 10-22.45, 14-13.01, 18-8.05, 19-3, 21-29, 21A-5, 21A-10, |
19 |
| 21A-15, 21A-20, 21A-25, 21A-30, 23-3, 23-6, 24-12, 24A-3, |
20 |
| 24A-4, 24A-5, 24A-6, and 24A-8, by adding Sections 2-3.25d-5, |
21 |
| 2-3.53b, 2-3.64b, 2-3.148, 2-3.149, 2-3.150, 2-3.151, 2-3.152, |
22 |
| 3-6.5, 10-16.10, 10-17b, 10-17c, 10-17d, 10-20.46, 17-2.11c, |
23 |
| 21A-3, 23-5.5, 34-18.37, 34-18.38, 34-18.39, 34-18.40, and |
24 |
| 34-18.41, and by renumbering and changing Section 10-20.41 as |
25 |
| added by Public Act 95-707 as follows:
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 77 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/1A-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-8)
|
2 |
| Sec. 1A-8. Powers of the Board in Assisting Districts |
3 |
| Deemed in Financial
Difficulties. To promote the financial |
4 |
| integrity of school districts, the
State Board of Education |
5 |
| shall be provided the necessary powers to promote
sound |
6 |
| financial management and continue operation of the public |
7 |
| schools.
|
8 |
| The State Superintendent of Education may require a school |
9 |
| district, including any district subject to Article 34A of this |
10 |
| Code, to share financial information relevant to a proper |
11 |
| investigation of the district's financial condition and the |
12 |
| delivery of appropriate State financial, technical, and |
13 |
| consulting services to the district if the district (i) has |
14 |
| been designated, through the State Board of Education's School |
15 |
| District Financial Profile System, as on financial warning or |
16 |
| financial watch status, (ii) has failed to file an annual |
17 |
| financial report, annual budget, deficit reduction plan, or |
18 |
| other financial information as required by law, or (iii) has |
19 |
| been identified, through the district's annual audit or other |
20 |
| financial and management information, as in serious financial |
21 |
| difficulty in the current or next school year. In addition to |
22 |
| financial, technical, and consulting services provided by the |
23 |
| State Board of Education, at the request of a school district, |
24 |
| the State Superintendent may provide for an independent |
25 |
| financial consultant to assist the district review its |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 78 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| financial condition and options.
|
2 |
| The State Board of Education, after proper investigation of |
3 |
| a district's
financial condition, may certify that a district, |
4 |
| including any district
subject to Article 34A, is in financial |
5 |
| difficulty
when any of the following conditions occur:
|
6 |
| (1) The district has issued school or teacher orders |
7 |
| for wages as permitted in Sections
8-16, 32-7.2 and 34-76 |
8 |
| of this Code;
|
9 |
| (2) The district has issued tax anticipation warrants |
10 |
| or tax
anticipation notes in anticipation of a second |
11 |
| year's taxes when warrants or
notes in anticipation of |
12 |
| current year taxes are still outstanding, as
authorized by |
13 |
| Sections 17-16, 34-23, 34-59 and 34-63 of this Code, or has |
14 |
| issued short-term debt against 2 future revenue sources, |
15 |
| such as, but not limited to, tax anticipation warrants and |
16 |
| general State Aid certificates or tax anticipation |
17 |
| warrants and revenue anticipation notes;
|
18 |
| (3) The district has for 2 consecutive years shown an |
19 |
| excess
of expenditures and other financing uses over |
20 |
| revenues and other financing
sources and beginning fund |
21 |
| balances on its annual financial report for the
aggregate |
22 |
| totals of the Educational, Operations and Maintenance,
|
23 |
| Transportation, and Working Cash Funds;
|
24 |
| (4) The district refuses to provide financial |
25 |
| information or cooperate with the State Superintendent in |
26 |
| an investigation of the district's financial condition.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 79 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| No school district shall be certified by the State Board of |
2 |
| Education to be in financial difficulty by
reason of any of the |
3 |
| above circumstances (i) if arising solely as a result of the |
4 |
| failure
of the county to make any distribution of property tax |
5 |
| money due the district
at the time such distribution is due ; |
6 |
| (ii) if arising solely as a result of the failure of the |
7 |
| Comptroller to disburse reimbursements in accordance with |
8 |
| Sections 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, 14-7.03, 14-13.01, 18-3, 18-11, |
9 |
| 18-4.3, and 29-5 for receipt by the school district no later |
10 |
| than June 30th of each year ; or (iii) if the district clearly |
11 |
| demonstrates
to the satisfaction of the State Board of |
12 |
| Education at the time of its
determination that such condition |
13 |
| no longer exists. If the State Board of
Education certifies |
14 |
| that a district in a city with 500,000 inhabitants or
more is |
15 |
| in financial difficulty, the State Board shall so notify the
|
16 |
| Governor and the Mayor of the city in which the district is |
17 |
| located. The
State Board of Education may require school |
18 |
| districts certified in
financial difficulty, except those |
19 |
| districts subject to Article 34A, to
develop, adopt and submit |
20 |
| a financial plan within 45 days after
certification of |
21 |
| financial difficulty. The financial plan shall be
developed |
22 |
| according to guidelines presented to the district by the State
|
23 |
| Board of Education within 14 days of certification. Such |
24 |
| guidelines shall
address the specific nature of each district's |
25 |
| financial difficulties. Any
proposed budget of the district |
26 |
| shall be consistent with the financial plan
submitted to and
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 80 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| approved by the State Board of Education.
|
2 |
| A district certified to be in financial difficulty, other |
3 |
| than a district
subject to Article 34A, shall report to the |
4 |
| State Board of Education at
such times and in such manner as |
5 |
| the State Board may direct, concerning the
district's |
6 |
| compliance with each financial plan. The State Board may review
|
7 |
| the district's operations, obtain budgetary data and financial |
8 |
| statements,
require the district to produce reports, and have |
9 |
| access to any other
information in the possession of the |
10 |
| district that it deems relevant. The
State Board may issue |
11 |
| recommendations or directives within its powers to
the district |
12 |
| to assist in compliance with the financial plan. The district
|
13 |
| shall produce such budgetary data, financial statements, |
14 |
| reports and other
information and comply with such directives. |
15 |
| If the State Board of Education
determines that a district has |
16 |
| failed to comply with its financial plan, the
State Board of |
17 |
| Education may rescind approval of the plan and appoint a
|
18 |
| Financial Oversight Panel for the district as provided in |
19 |
| Section 1B-4. This
action shall be taken only after the |
20 |
| district has been given notice and an
opportunity to appear |
21 |
| before the State Board of Education to discuss its
failure to |
22 |
| comply with its financial plan.
|
23 |
| No bonds, notes, teachers orders, tax anticipation |
24 |
| warrants or other
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or |
25 |
| sold by a school district or
be legally binding upon or |
26 |
| enforceable against a local board of education
of a district |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 81 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| certified to be in financial difficulty unless and until the
|
2 |
| financial plan required under this Section has been approved by |
3 |
| the State
Board of Education.
|
4 |
| Any financial watch list distributed by the State Board of |
5 |
| Education
pursuant to this Section shall designate those school |
6 |
| districts on the
watch list that would not otherwise be on the |
7 |
| watch list were it not for the
inability or refusal of the |
8 |
| State of Illinois to make timely
disbursements of any payments |
9 |
| due school districts or to fully reimburse
school districts for |
10 |
| mandated categorical programs pursuant to
reimbursement |
11 |
| formulas provided in this School Code.
|
12 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-1-06 .)
|
13 |
| (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
|
14 |
| Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
|
15 |
| (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter, |
16 |
| the State Board
of Education shall award to school districts |
17 |
| block grants as described in subsection
(c). The State Board of |
18 |
| Education may adopt
rules and regulations necessary to |
19 |
| implement this Section. In accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all |
20 |
| state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore,
block |
21 |
| grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded |
22 |
| to the
appropriate fund code.
|
23 |
| (b) (Blank).
|
24 |
| (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be |
25 |
| created by combining
the following programs: Preschool |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 82 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Education, Parental Training and Prevention
Initiative. These |
2 |
| funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
|
3 |
| entities on a competitive basis. Eleven percent of this grant
|
4 |
| shall be used to
fund programs for children ages 0-3.
|
5 |
| (d) The General Assembly shall appropriate or transfer |
6 |
| amounts to the Early Childhood Education Block Grant for the |
7 |
| programs specified in subsection (c) of this Section as |
8 |
| follows: the Fiscal Year 2009 appropriation plus (1) at least |
9 |
| the Fiscal Year 2009 appropriation plus an additional |
10 |
| $45,000,000 for Fiscal Year 2010; (2) at least the previous |
11 |
| fiscal year appropriation plus at least an additional |
12 |
| $90,000,000 for Fiscal Year 2011; (3) at least the previous |
13 |
| fiscal year appropriation plus at least an additional |
14 |
| $135,000,000 for Fiscal Year 2012; and (4) at least the |
15 |
| previous fiscal year appropriation plus at least an additional |
16 |
| $180,000,000 for Fiscal Year 2013. Thereafter, the amount |
17 |
| appropriated or transferred to the Early Childhood Education |
18 |
| Block Grant each fiscal year shall be the amount from the |
19 |
| previous fiscal year, increased by at least the percentage |
20 |
| increase, if any, in the Employment Cost Index for Elementary |
21 |
| and Secondary Schools, published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor |
22 |
| Statistics, for the then most recent, completed calendar year. |
23 |
| The Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall not be subject |
24 |
| to sweeps, administrative charges, or charge-backs, including, |
25 |
| but not limited to, those authorized under Section 8h of the |
26 |
| State Finance Act or any other fiscal or budgetary maneuver |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 83 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| that would in any way transfer any funds from the Early |
2 |
| Childhood Education Block Grant into any other fund of this |
3 |
| State. |
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-793, eff. 1-1-09.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25c) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25c)
|
6 |
| Sec. 2-3.25c. Financial and other awards Rewards and |
7 |
| acknowledgements . |
8 |
| (a) The State Board of
Education shall implement a
system |
9 |
| of rewards for
school
districts, and the schools themselves,
|
10 |
| whose students
and schools consistently meet adequate yearly |
11 |
| progress criteria for 2 or more
consecutive years and a system |
12 |
| to acknowledge schools and districts that meet
adequate yearly |
13 |
| progress criteria in a given year as specified in Section
|
14 |
| 2-3.25d
of this Code.
|
15 |
| (b) Financial awards shall be provided to the schools that |
16 |
| the State
Superintendent of Education determines have |
17 |
| demonstrated the greatest improvement in achieving the |
18 |
| education goals of improved student achievement and improved |
19 |
| school completion, subject to appropriation by the General |
20 |
| Assembly and any limitation set by the State Superintendent on |
21 |
| the total amount that may be awarded to a school or school |
22 |
| district; provided that such financial awards must not be used |
23 |
| to enhance the compensation of staff in school districts having |
24 |
| a population not exceeding 500,000. |
25 |
| (c) The State Superintendent of Education may present |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 84 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| proclamations or certificates to schools and school systems |
2 |
| determined to have met or exceeded the State's education goals |
3 |
| under Section 2-3.64 of this Code. |
4 |
| (d) The Education Financial Award System Fund is created as |
5 |
| a special fund in the State treasury. All money in the Fund |
6 |
| shall be used, subject to appropriation, by the State Board of |
7 |
| Education for the purpose of funding financial awards under |
8 |
| this Section. The Fund shall consist of all moneys appropriated |
9 |
| to the fund by the General Assembly and any gifts, grants, |
10 |
| donations, and other moneys received by the State Board of |
11 |
| Education for implementation of the awards system. |
12 |
| Any unexpended or unencumbered moneys remaining in the |
13 |
| Education Financial Award System Fund at the end of a fiscal |
14 |
| year shall remain in the Fund and shall not revert or be |
15 |
| credited or transferred to the General Revenue Fund nor be |
16 |
| transferred to any other fund. Any interest derived from the |
17 |
| deposit and investment of moneys in the Education Financial |
18 |
| Award System Fund shall remain in the Fund and shall not be |
19 |
| credited to the General Revenue Fund. The Education Financial |
20 |
| Award System Fund must be appropriated and expended only for |
21 |
| the awards system. The awards are subject to audit requirements |
22 |
| established by the State Board of Education. |
23 |
| (e) If a school or school district meets adequate yearly |
24 |
| progress criteria for
2
consecutive school years, that school |
25 |
| or district shall be exempt from review
and
approval of its |
26 |
| improvement plan for the next 2 succeeding school years.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 85 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-470, eff. 8-8-03.)
|
2 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25d) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25d)
|
3 |
| Sec. 2-3.25d. Academic early warning and watch status.
|
4 |
| (a) Beginning with the 2005-2006 school year, unless the |
5 |
| federal government formally disapproves of such policy through |
6 |
| the submission and review process for the Illinois |
7 |
| Accountability Workbook, those
schools that do not meet |
8 |
| adequate yearly progress criteria for 2 consecutive annual
|
9 |
| calculations in the same subgroup and in the same subject or in |
10 |
| their participation rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate
|
11 |
| shall be placed on academic early warning status for the next |
12 |
| school year.
Schools on academic early warning status that do |
13 |
| not meet adequate yearly
progress criteria for a third annual |
14 |
| calculation in the same subgroup and in the same subject or in |
15 |
| their participation rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate
|
16 |
| shall remain on academic early
warning status. Schools on |
17 |
| academic early warning status that do not meet
adequate yearly |
18 |
| progress criteria for a fourth annual calculation in the same |
19 |
| subgroup and in the same subject or in their participation |
20 |
| rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate shall be
placed
on |
21 |
| initial academic watch status. Schools on academic watch status |
22 |
| that do not
meet adequate yearly progress criteria for a fifth |
23 |
| or subsequent annual
calculation in the same subgroup and in |
24 |
| the same subject or in their participation rate, attendance |
25 |
| rate, or graduation rate shall remain on academic watch status. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 86 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Schools on academic early
warning or academic watch status that |
2 |
| meet adequate yearly progress criteria
for
one annual |
3 |
| calculation
shall be considered as having
met
expectations and |
4 |
| shall be removed from any status designation.
|
5 |
| The school district of a school placed on either academic |
6 |
| early warning
status or academic watch status may appeal the |
7 |
| status to the State Board of
Education in accordance with |
8 |
| Section 2-3.25m of this Code.
|
9 |
| A school district that has one or more schools on academic |
10 |
| early warning
or academic watch status shall prepare a revised |
11 |
| School Improvement Plan or
amendments thereto setting forth the |
12 |
| district's expectations for removing each
school from academic |
13 |
| early warning or academic watch status and for improving
|
14 |
| student performance in the affected school or schools. |
15 |
| Districts operating
under
Article 34 of this Code may prepare |
16 |
| the School Improvement Plan required under
Section 34-2.4 of |
17 |
| this Code.
|
18 |
| The revised School Improvement Plan for a school
that is |
19 |
| initially placed on academic early warning status
or that |
20 |
| remains on
academic early warning status after a third annual |
21 |
| calculation
must be approved by
the
school board (and by the |
22 |
| school's local school council in a district operating
under |
23 |
| Article 34 of this Code, unless the school is on probation |
24 |
| pursuant to
subsection (c) of Section
34-8.3 of this Code).
|
25 |
| The revised School Improvement Plan for a school that is |
26 |
| initially placed on
academic watch status after a fourth annual |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 87 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| calculation must be approved by the
school board (and by the |
2 |
| school's local school council in a district operating
under |
3 |
| Article 34 of this Code, unless the school is on probation |
4 |
| pursuant to
subsection (c) of Section
34-8.3 of this Code).
|
5 |
| The revised School Improvement Plan for a school that |
6 |
| remains on
academic watch status after a fifth annual |
7 |
| calculation must be approved by the
school board (and by the |
8 |
| school's local school council in a district operating
under |
9 |
| Article 34 of this Code, unless the school is on probation |
10 |
| pursuant to
subsection (c) of Section
34-8.3 of this Code).
In |
11 |
| addition, the district must develop a school restructuring plan |
12 |
| for the
school that
must
be approved by the school board (and |
13 |
| by the school's local school council in a
district operating |
14 |
| under Article 34 of this Code).
|
15 |
| A school on academic watch status that does not meet |
16 |
| adequate yearly
progress criteria for a sixth annual |
17 |
| calculation shall implement its approved
school restructuring |
18 |
| plan beginning with the next school year, subject to the
State
|
19 |
| interventions specified in Section 2-3.25f of this Code.
|
20 |
| (b) Beginning with the 2005-2006 school year, unless the |
21 |
| federal government formally disapproves of such policy through |
22 |
| the submission and review process for the Illinois |
23 |
| Accountability Workbook, those
school districts that do not |
24 |
| meet adequate yearly progress
criteria for 2 consecutive
annual
|
25 |
| calculations in the same subgroup and in the same subject or in |
26 |
| their participation rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 88 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall be placed on academic early warning status for the next
|
2 |
| school year. Districts on academic early warning status that do |
3 |
| not meet
adequate yearly progress criteria for a third annual |
4 |
| calculation in the same subgroup and in the same subject or in |
5 |
| their participation rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate
|
6 |
| shall remain
on
academic early warning status. Districts on |
7 |
| academic early warning status that
do not meet adequate yearly |
8 |
| progress criteria for a fourth annual calculation
in the same |
9 |
| subgroup and in the same subject or in their participation |
10 |
| rate, attendance rate, or graduation rate shall
be placed on |
11 |
| initial academic watch status. Districts on academic watch |
12 |
| status
that do not meet adequate yearly progress criteria for a |
13 |
| fifth or subsequent
annual calculation in the same subgroup and |
14 |
| in the same subject or in their participation rate, attendance |
15 |
| rate, or graduation rate shall remain on academic watch status. |
16 |
| Districts on academic
early warning or academic watch status |
17 |
| that meet adequate yearly progress
criteria for one annual |
18 |
| calculation shall be
considered
as having met expectations and |
19 |
| shall be removed from any status designation.
|
20 |
| A district placed on either academic early warning status |
21 |
| or academic
watch status may appeal the status to the State |
22 |
| Board of Education in
accordance with Section 2-3.25m of this |
23 |
| Code.
|
24 |
| Districts on academic early warning or academic watch |
25 |
| status shall
prepare a District Improvement Plan or amendments |
26 |
| thereto setting forth the
district's expectations for removing |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 89 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the district from academic early warning
or
academic watch |
2 |
| status and for improving student performance in the district.
|
3 |
| All
District Improvement Plans must be approved by the |
4 |
| school board.
|
5 |
| (c) All new and revised School and District Improvement |
6 |
| Plans shall be developed
in collaboration with parents, staff |
7 |
| in the affected school or school district and their exclusive |
8 |
| bargaining representatives, if any , and outside experts. All
|
9 |
| revised
School and District Improvement Plans shall be |
10 |
| developed, submitted, and
monitored pursuant to rules adopted |
11 |
| by the State Board of Education. The
revised Improvement Plan |
12 |
| shall address measurable outcomes for improving
student |
13 |
| performance so that such performance meets adequate yearly |
14 |
| progress
criteria as specified by the State Board of Education |
15 |
| and shall include a staff professional development plan |
16 |
| developed at least in cooperation with staff or, if applicable, |
17 |
| the exclusive bargaining representatives of the staff . All |
18 |
| school districts required to revise a School Improvement Plan |
19 |
| in accordance with this Section shall establish a peer review |
20 |
| process for the evaluation of School Improvement Plans.
|
21 |
| (d) All federal requirements apply to schools and school |
22 |
| districts utilizing
federal funds under Title I, Part A of the |
23 |
| federal Elementary and Secondary
Education Act of 1965. |
24 |
| (e) The State Board of Education, from any moneys it may |
25 |
| have available for this purpose, must implement
and administer |
26 |
| a grant
program that provides 2-year grants to school districts |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 90 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| on the academic watch
list and other school districts that have |
2 |
| the lowest achieving students, as
determined by the State Board |
3 |
| of Education, to be
used to improve student achievement.
In |
4 |
| order
to receive a
grant under this program, a school district |
5 |
| must establish an accountability
program. The
accountability |
6 |
| program must involve the use of statewide testing standards and
|
7 |
| local
evaluation measures. A grant shall be automatically |
8 |
| renewed when achievement
goals are met. The Board may adopt any |
9 |
| rules necessary to implement and
administer this grant program.
|
10 |
| (f) In addition to any moneys available under subsection |
11 |
| (e) of this Section, a school district required to maintain |
12 |
| School and District Improvement Plans under this Section, |
13 |
| including a school district organized under Article 34 of this |
14 |
| Code, shall annually receive from the State an amount equal to |
15 |
| $150 times the number of full-time certified teachers and |
16 |
| administrators it employs for developing and implementing its |
17 |
| mandatory School and District Improvement Plans, including its |
18 |
| staff professional development plan. |
19 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-470, eff. 8-8-03; 93-890, eff. 8-9-04; 94-666, |
20 |
| eff. 8-23-05; 94-875, eff. 7-1-06.)
|
21 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25d-5 new) |
22 |
| Sec. 2-3.25d-5. Educational improvement plan. |
23 |
| (a) Except for school districts required to develop School |
24 |
| and District Improvement Plans under Section 2-3.25d of this |
25 |
| Code, each school district shall develop, in compliance with |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 91 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| rules promulgated by the State Board of Education, an |
2 |
| educational improvement plan that must include (i) measures for |
3 |
| improving school district, school building, and individual |
4 |
| student performance and (ii) a staff professional development |
5 |
| plan developed at least in cooperation with staff or, if |
6 |
| applicable, the exclusive bargaining representatives of the |
7 |
| staff. The district shall develop the educational improvement |
8 |
| plan in collaboration with parents, staff, and the staff's |
9 |
| exclusive bargaining representatives, if any. |
10 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.53a)
|
11 |
| Sec. 2-3.53a. New principal mentoring program. |
12 |
| (a) In this Section, "new principal" means a principal of a |
13 |
| public school who has less than 2 full school years of |
14 |
| experience as a principal in a public school in this State. |
15 |
| Beginning on July 1, 2007, and subject to an annual |
16 |
| appropriation by the General Assembly, to establish a new |
17 |
| principal mentoring program for new principals. Any individual |
18 |
| who is hired as a principal in the State of Illinois on or |
19 |
| after July 1, 2007 shall participate in a new principal |
20 |
| mentoring program for the duration of his or her first year as |
21 |
| a principal and must complete the program in accordance with |
22 |
| the requirements established by the State Board of Education by |
23 |
| rule or, for a school district created by Article 34 of this |
24 |
| Code, in accordance with the provisions of Section 34-18.27 of |
25 |
| this Code. School districts created by Article 34 are not |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 92 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| subject to the requirements of subsection (b), (c), (d), (e), |
2 |
| (f), or (g) of this Section. The new principal mentoring |
3 |
| program shall match an experienced principal who meets the |
4 |
| requirements of subsection (b) of this Section with each new |
5 |
| principal in his or her first year in that position in order to |
6 |
| assist the new principal in the development of his or her |
7 |
| professional growth and to provide guidance during the new |
8 |
| principal's first year of service. |
9 |
| (b) Any individual who has been a principal in Illinois for |
10 |
| 3 or more years and who has demonstrated success as an |
11 |
| instructional leader, as determined by the State Board by rule, |
12 |
| is eligible to apply to be a mentor under a new principal |
13 |
| mentoring program. Mentors shall complete mentoring training |
14 |
| by entities approved by the State Board and meet any other |
15 |
| requirements set forth by the State Board and by the school |
16 |
| district employing the mentor. |
17 |
| (c) The State Board shall certify an entity or entities |
18 |
| approved to provide training of mentors. |
19 |
| (d) A mentor shall be assigned to a new principal based on |
20 |
| (i) similarity of grade level or type of school, (ii) learning |
21 |
| needs of the new principal, and (iii) geographical proximity of |
22 |
| the mentor to the new principal. The principal, in |
23 |
| collaboration with the mentor, shall identify areas for |
24 |
| improvement of the new principal's professional growth, |
25 |
| including, but not limited to, each of the following: |
26 |
| (1) Analyzing data and applying it to practice. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 93 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (2) Aligning professional development and |
2 |
| instructional programs. |
3 |
| (3) Building a professional learning community. |
4 |
| (4) Observing classroom practices and providing |
5 |
| feedback. |
6 |
| (5) Facilitating effective meetings. |
7 |
| (6) Developing distributive leadership practices. |
8 |
| (7) Facilitating organizational change. |
9 |
| The mentor shall not be required to provide an evaluation of |
10 |
| the new principal on the basis of the mentoring relationship. |
11 |
| (e) On or after January 1, 2008 and on or after January 1 |
12 |
| of each year thereafter, each mentor and each new principal |
13 |
| shall complete a survey of progress on a form developed by |
14 |
| their respective school districts. On or before July 1, 2008 |
15 |
| and on or after July 1 of each year thereafter, the State Board |
16 |
| shall facilitate a review and evaluate the mentoring training |
17 |
| program in collaboration with the approved providers. Each new |
18 |
| principal and his or her mentor must complete a verification |
19 |
| form developed by the State Board in order to certify their |
20 |
| completion of a new principal mentoring program. |
21 |
| (f) The requirements of this Section do not apply to any |
22 |
| individual who has previously served as an assistant principal |
23 |
| in Illinois acting under an administrative certificate for 5 or |
24 |
| more years and who is hired, on or after July 1, 2007, as a |
25 |
| principal by the school district in which the individual last |
26 |
| served as an assistant principal, although such an individual |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 94 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| may choose to participate in this program or shall be required |
2 |
| to participate by the school district. |
3 |
| (f-5) A separate appropriation shall annually be made for |
4 |
| the purposes of this Section for each new principal, as defined |
5 |
| by this Section, for each of 2 school years for the purpose of |
6 |
| providing one or more of the following: |
7 |
| (1) Mentor principal compensation. |
8 |
| (2) Mentor principal training. |
9 |
| (3) Program administration, not to exceed 20% of the |
10 |
| total program cost. |
11 |
| The General Assembly shall annually appropriate $3,800,000 |
12 |
| for the principal mentoring, leadership, and professional |
13 |
| development program. |
14 |
| (g) The State Board may adopt any rules necessary for the |
15 |
| implementation of this Section.
|
16 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-1039, eff. 7-20-06.) |
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.53b new) |
18 |
| Sec. 2-3.53b. New superintendent mentoring program. |
19 |
| (a) Beginning on July 1, 2009 and subject to an annual |
20 |
| appropriation by the General Assembly, to establish a new |
21 |
| superintendent mentoring program for new superintendents. Any |
22 |
| individual who begins serving as a superintendent in this State |
23 |
| on or after July 1, 2009 and has not previously served as a |
24 |
| school district superintendent in this State shall participate |
25 |
| in the new superintendent mentoring program for the duration of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 95 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| his or her first 2 school years as a superintendent and must |
2 |
| complete the program in accordance with the requirements |
3 |
| established by the State Board of Education by rule. The new |
4 |
| superintendent mentoring program shall match an experienced |
5 |
| superintendent who meets the requirements of subsection (b) of |
6 |
| this Section with each new superintendent in his or her first 2 |
7 |
| school years in that position in order to assist the new |
8 |
| superintendent in the development of his or her professional |
9 |
| growth and to provide guidance during the new superintendent's |
10 |
| first 2 school years of service. |
11 |
| (b) Any individual who has actively served as a school |
12 |
| district superintendent in this State for 3 or more years and |
13 |
| who has demonstrated success as an instructional leader, as |
14 |
| determined by the State Board of Education by rule, is eligible |
15 |
| to apply to be a mentor under the new superintendent mentoring |
16 |
| program. Mentors shall complete mentoring training through a |
17 |
| provider selected by the State Board of Education and shall |
18 |
| meet any other requirements set forth by the State Board and by |
19 |
| the school district employing the mentor. |
20 |
| (c) Under the new superintendent mentoring program, a |
21 |
| provider selected by the State Board of Education shall assign |
22 |
| a mentor to a new superintendent based on (i) similarity of |
23 |
| grade level or type of school district, (ii) learning needs of |
24 |
| the new superintendent, and (iii) geographical proximity of the |
25 |
| mentor to the new superintendent. The new superintendent, in |
26 |
| collaboration with the mentor, shall identify areas for |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 96 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| improvement of the new superintendent's professional growth, |
2 |
| including, but not limited to, each of the following: |
3 |
| (1) Analyzing data and applying it to practice. |
4 |
| (2) Aligning professional development and |
5 |
| instructional programs. |
6 |
| (3) Building a professional learning community. |
7 |
| (4) Effective school board relations. |
8 |
| (5) Facilitating effective meetings. |
9 |
| (6) Developing distributive leadership practices. |
10 |
| (7) Facilitating organizational change. |
11 |
| The mentor must not be required to provide an evaluation of |
12 |
| the new superintendent on the basis of the mentoring |
13 |
| relationship. |
14 |
| (d) From January 1, 2010 until May 15, 2010 and from |
15 |
| January 1 until May 15 each year thereafter, each mentor and |
16 |
| each new superintendent shall complete a survey of progress of |
17 |
| the new superintendent on a form developed by the school |
18 |
| district. On or before September 1, 2010 and on or before |
19 |
| September 1 of each year thereafter, the provider selected by |
20 |
| the State Board of Education shall submit a detailed annual |
21 |
| report to the State Board of how the appropriation for the new |
22 |
| superintendent mentoring program was spent, details on each |
23 |
| mentor-mentee relationship, and a qualitative evaluation of |
24 |
| the outcomes. The provider shall develop a verification form |
25 |
| that each new superintendent and his or her mentor must |
26 |
| complete and submit to the provider to certify completion of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 97 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| each year of the new superintendent mentoring program by July |
2 |
| 15 immediately following the school year just completed. |
3 |
| (e) The requirements of this Section do not apply to any |
4 |
| individual who has previously served as an assistant |
5 |
| superintendent in a school district in this State acting under |
6 |
| an administrative certificate for 5 or more years and who, on |
7 |
| or after July 1, 2009, begins serving as a superintendent in |
8 |
| the school district where he or she had served as an assistant |
9 |
| superintendent immediately prior to being named |
10 |
| superintendent, although such an individual may choose to |
11 |
| participate in the new superintendent mentoring program or may |
12 |
| be required to participate by the school district. The |
13 |
| requirements of this Section do not apply to any superintendent |
14 |
| or chief executive officer of a school district organized under |
15 |
| Article 34 of this Code. |
16 |
| (f) The State Board may adopt any rules that are necessary |
17 |
| for the implementation of this Section.
|
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64b new) |
19 |
| Sec. 2-3.64b. Performance measures. |
20 |
| (a) In this Section: |
21 |
| "Growth model assessment" means a statistical system for |
22 |
| educational outcome assessment that uses measures of student |
23 |
| learning to enable the estimation of teacher, school, and |
24 |
| school district statistical distributions and that conforms to |
25 |
| or is consistent with applicable State and federal laws and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 98 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| regulations to the extent practicable. The statistical system |
2 |
| shall use available and appropriate data as input to account |
3 |
| for differences in prior student attainment, such that the |
4 |
| impact that the teacher, school, and school district have on |
5 |
| the educational progress of students may be estimated on a |
6 |
| student attainment constant basis. The impact that a teacher, |
7 |
| school, or school district has on the progress or lack of |
8 |
| progress in educational advancement or learning of a student is |
9 |
| referred to
in this Section as the "effect" of the teacher, |
10 |
| school, or school district on
the educational progress of |
11 |
| students. |
12 |
| "School" includes a charter school. |
13 |
| "Teacher" includes a teacher in a charter school. |
14 |
| (b) No later than July 1, 2013, the State Board of |
15 |
| Education shall
establish a statewide growth model assessment |
16 |
| system to measure the
annual increase or growth in each |
17 |
| student's performance relative to a
standard year of academic |
18 |
| growth on the assessments provided for in
Section 2-3.64 of |
19 |
| this Code and other performance indicators that the
State Board |
20 |
| may identify. In developing such a system, the State Board |
21 |
| shall coordinate with school districts, including a school |
22 |
| district organized under Article 34 of this Code, that have or |
23 |
| that are in the process of developing local growth model |
24 |
| assessment systems. |
25 |
| (c) The growth model assessment system shall reliably |
26 |
| estimate school district, school, and teacher effects on |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 99 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| students' academic achievement over time, control for student |
2 |
| characteristics, and use an independently verifiable |
3 |
| statistical methodology to produce such estimates. |
4 |
| (d) A specific teacher's effect on the educational progress |
5 |
| of students may not be used as a part of a formal personnel |
6 |
| evaluation until data from 3 complete academic years are |
7 |
| obtained and unless the district and the exclusive bargaining |
8 |
| representative of the district's teachers, if any, have agreed |
9 |
| to its use as part of an alternative evaluation plan under |
10 |
| Section 24A-5 or 24A-8 of this Code. Teacher effect data must |
11 |
| not be retained for use in evaluations for more than the most |
12 |
| recent 5 years. A student must have been present for 150 days |
13 |
| of classroom instruction per year or 75 days of classroom |
14 |
| instruction per semester before that student's record is |
15 |
| attributable to a specific teacher. Records from any student |
16 |
| who is eligible for special education services under federal |
17 |
| law must not be used as part of the growth model assessment. |
18 |
| (e) The State Board of Education shall provide growth model |
19 |
| assessment data to each school district as soon as practicable |
20 |
| after receipt of such data, but in no case later than December |
21 |
| 1. The aggregate growth model assessment estimates for each |
22 |
| school district and school shall also be included in each |
23 |
| school district's report card under Section
10-17a of this |
24 |
| Code. |
25 |
| (f) All identifiable individual student performance data, |
26 |
| information, and reports shall be deemed confidential, shall |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 100 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| not be a public record, and shall not be disclosed; provided |
2 |
| that such information shall be made available only to a |
3 |
| student's classroom teacher and other
appropriate educational |
4 |
| personnel and to the student's parent or
guardian. |
5 |
| (g) All identifiable teacher effects data, information, |
6 |
| and reports
shall be deemed confidential, shall not be a public |
7 |
| record, and shall
not be disclosed without the teacher's |
8 |
| express written consent, except to appropriate
personnel in the |
9 |
| district in which the teacher is employed. |
10 |
| (h) The data, information, and reports referred to in |
11 |
| subsection (f) of this Section shall not constitute a school |
12 |
| student record under Section 2 of the Illinois School Student |
13 |
| Records Act and shall otherwise be exempt from disclosure under |
14 |
| Section 6 of the Illinois School Student Records Act. The data, |
15 |
| information, and reports referred to in subsections (f) and (g) |
16 |
| of this Section shall not constitute a public record under |
17 |
| Section 2 of the Freedom of Information Act and shall otherwise |
18 |
| be exempt from disclosure under subdivisions (a) and (b) of |
19 |
| subsection (1) of Section 7 of the Freedom of Information Act. |
20 |
| Nothing in this Section prevents the State Board of Education |
21 |
| from releasing or otherwise disclosing such data, information, |
22 |
| and reports to any person associated with a recognized |
23 |
| institution of higher education for the purpose of research, |
24 |
| analysis, or statistical reporting or planning, provided that |
25 |
| no student or teacher can be identified from the data, |
26 |
| information, or report released and the person to whom the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 101 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| data, information, or report is released signs an affidavit |
2 |
| agreeing to comply with all applicable statutes pertaining to |
3 |
| confidential student and personnel records. |
4 |
| (i) As provided in Sections 2-3.25d, 2-3.25f, and 2-3.25h |
5 |
| of this Code, the State Board of Education shall establish a |
6 |
| coherent and sustained system of assistance and support for |
7 |
| schools not meeting identified levels of achievement or not |
8 |
| showing specified levels of progress, as determined by the |
9 |
| State Board based upon the schools' growth model assessment |
10 |
| results. As provided in Section 2-3.25f of this Code, the State |
11 |
| Board of Education shall specify appropriate levels of |
12 |
| assistance and intervention for schools that receive an |
13 |
| unacceptable rating on student performance for the absolute |
14 |
| student achievement standard or on progress on improved student |
15 |
| achievement. |
16 |
| (j) The State Board of Education, from any moneys it may |
17 |
| have available for the purposes set forth in this Section, must |
18 |
| implement and administer a grant program that provides 2-year |
19 |
| grants to school districts, including a school district |
20 |
| organized under Article 34 of this Code, as determined by the |
21 |
| State Board of Education, to be used to develop local growth |
22 |
| model assessment systems. The Board may adopt any rules |
23 |
| necessary to implement and administer this grant program. |
24 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.148 new) |
25 |
| Sec. 2-3.148. The Digital Learning Technology Grant |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 102 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Program. |
2 |
| (a) As used in this Section, unless the context otherwise |
3 |
| requires, "information technology education" means education |
4 |
| in the
development, design, use, maintenance, repair, and |
5 |
| application of
information technology systems or equipment, |
6 |
| including, but not limited
to, computers, the Internet, |
7 |
| telecommunications devices and networks,
and multi-media |
8 |
| techniques. |
9 |
| (b) There is created the Digital Learning Technology Grant |
10 |
| Program to provide money to school districts and charter |
11 |
| schools to use in integrating information technology and |
12 |
| scientific equipment as tools to measurably improve teaching |
13 |
| and learning in grades 9 through 12 in this State's public |
14 |
| schools. The State Board of Education shall administer the |
15 |
| grant program through the acceptance, review, and |
16 |
| recommendation of applications submitted pursuant to this |
17 |
| Section. |
18 |
| (c) Grants awarded through the grant program created under |
19 |
| this Section shall continue for 4 fiscal years and may be |
20 |
| renewed as provided by rule of the State Board of Education. |
21 |
| Grants awarded through the program shall be paid out of any |
22 |
| money appropriated or credited to the Digital Learning |
23 |
| Technology Grant Fund. A school district or charter school |
24 |
| shall use any moneys obtained through the grant program to |
25 |
| integrate information technology education into the 9th grade |
26 |
| through 12th grade curriculum. In the case of a school |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 103 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| district, such integration shall be accomplished in one or more |
2 |
| public
schools in the district. The school district or charter |
3 |
| school may contract with one or more private entities for |
4 |
| assistance in integrating information technology education |
5 |
| into the curriculum. In addition, school districts and charter |
6 |
| schools are encouraged to partner with businesses for |
7 |
| assistance in integrating information technology education |
8 |
| into the curriculum. |
9 |
| (d) The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for the
|
10 |
| administration and implementation of the grant program created |
11 |
| under this Section. The first grants shall be awarded through |
12 |
| the program for the 2009-2010 school year. Grants shall be |
13 |
| awarded annually thereafter. |
14 |
| (e) Any school district or charter school that seeks to |
15 |
| participate in the grant program created under this Section |
16 |
| shall submit an application to the
State Board of Education in |
17 |
| the form and according to the deadlines
established by rule of |
18 |
| the State Board of Education. The application
shall include the |
19 |
| following information: |
20 |
| (1) if the applicant is a school district, the names of |
21 |
| the schools that will receive the benefits of the grant; |
22 |
| (2) the current level of information technology |
23 |
| education
integration at the recipient schools; |
24 |
| (3) the school district's or charter school's plan for |
25 |
| integrating information technology education into the 9th |
26 |
| grade through 12th grade curriculum, including any |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 104 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| specific method or program to be used, and any entities |
2 |
| with whom the school district or charter school plans to |
3 |
| contract or cooperate in achieving the integration; |
4 |
| (4) the specific, measurable goals to be achieved and |
5 |
| the
actual deliverables to be produced through the |
6 |
| integration of
information technology education into the |
7 |
| curriculum, a deadline
for achieving those goals, and a |
8 |
| proposed method of measuring
whether the goals were |
9 |
| achieved; |
10 |
| (5) any businesses with which the school district or |
11 |
| charter school has partnered to improve the availability |
12 |
| and integration of information technology education within |
13 |
| the curriculum; and |
14 |
| (6) any other information that may be specified by rule |
15 |
| of
the State Board of Education. |
16 |
| (f) In recommending and awarding grants through the |
17 |
| program, the State Board of Education shall consider the |
18 |
| following criteria: |
19 |
| (1) the degree to which information technology |
20 |
| education is
already integrated into the curriculum of the |
21 |
| applying school
district or charter school to ensure that |
22 |
| those school districts and charter schools with the least |
23 |
| degree of integration receive the grants first; |
24 |
| (2) the degree to which the applicant's proposed plan |
25 |
| for using the grant moneys will
result in integration of |
26 |
| information technology tools and
scientific equipment in a |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 105 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| manner that measurably improves
teaching and learning; |
2 |
| (3) the validity, clarity, and measurability of the |
3 |
| goals
established by the applicant and
the validity of the |
4 |
| proposed methods for measuring achievement of
the goals; |
5 |
| (4) the accountability system of specific measures and
|
6 |
| deliverables to determine a baseline and annually assess
|
7 |
| improvements in teaching and learning; |
8 |
| (5) any other financial resources available to the |
9 |
| applicant for integrating information technology education |
10 |
| into the curriculum; |
11 |
| (6) the degree to which the applicant
is cooperating or |
12 |
| partnering with businesses to
improve the availability and |
13 |
| integration of information
technology education in the |
14 |
| curriculum; the State Board of
Education shall apply this |
15 |
| criteria with the goal of encouraging
such partnerships; |
16 |
| (7) the strength and capacity of the applicant to |
17 |
| collaborate with the science, technology, engineering
and |
18 |
| mathematics education center network under Section 4.5 of |
19 |
| the Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy Law and to
|
20 |
| provide open source networking with other public
schools in |
21 |
| this State; and |
22 |
| (8) any other criteria established by rule of the State
|
23 |
| Board of Education to ensure that grants are awarded to |
24 |
| school
districts and charter schools that demonstrate the |
25 |
| greatest need
and the most valid, effective plan for |
26 |
| integrating information
technology education into the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 106 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| curriculum. |
2 |
| (g) In awarding grants through the grant program, the State |
3 |
| Board
of Education shall ensure, to the extent possible, that |
4 |
| the grants are
awarded to school districts and charter schools |
5 |
| in all areas of this State. |
6 |
| (h) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit or
|
7 |
| otherwise affect any school district's ability to enter into an
|
8 |
| agreement with or receive funds from any private entity. |
9 |
| (i) Each school district and charter school that receives a |
10 |
| grant
through the grant program created under this Section |
11 |
| shall, by August 1 of the school year for which the grant was |
12 |
| awarded, submit to the State Board of Education a report |
13 |
| specifying the following information: |
14 |
| (1) the manner in which the grant moneys were used; |
15 |
| (2) the progress made toward achieving the goals |
16 |
| specified
in the grant recipient's application; |
17 |
| (3) any additional entities and businesses with whom |
18 |
| the
grant recipient has contracted or partnered with the |
19 |
| goal of
achieving greater integration of information |
20 |
| technology education
in the 9th grade through 12th grade |
21 |
| curriculum; |
22 |
| (4) the recipient school district's and charter |
23 |
| school's plan
for continuing the integration of |
24 |
| information technology
education into the curriculum, |
25 |
| regardless of whether the grant is
renewed; and |
26 |
| (5) any other information specified by rule of the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 107 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| State
Board of Education. |
2 |
| (j) Notwithstanding subsection (i) of this Section, a |
3 |
| recipient school need not submit a report for any academic year |
4 |
| in which no grants are made through the grant program. |
5 |
| (k) The Digital Learning Technology Grant Fund is created |
6 |
| as a special fund in the State treasury. All money in the Fund |
7 |
| shall be used, subject to appropriation, by the State Board of |
8 |
| Education for the purpose of funding grants under this Section. |
9 |
| (l) The State Board of Education may solicit and accept |
10 |
| money in
the form of gifts, contributions, and grants to be |
11 |
| deposited into the Digital Learning Technology Grant Fund. The |
12 |
| acceptance of federal grants for purposes of this Section does |
13 |
| not commit State funds nor place an obligation upon the General |
14 |
| Assembly to continue the purposes for which the federal funds |
15 |
| are made available. |
16 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.149 new) |
17 |
| Sec. 2-3.149. Best practices clearinghouse. |
18 |
| (a) Beginning July 1, 2010 and subject to appropriation, |
19 |
| the State Board of Education shall establish an online
|
20 |
| clearinghouse of information relating to best practices of |
21 |
| campuses and
school districts regarding instruction, public |
22 |
| school finance, resource
allocation, and business practices. |
23 |
| To the extent practicable, the
State Board of Education shall |
24 |
| ensure that information provided through
the online |
25 |
| clearinghouse is specific, actionable information relating
to |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 108 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the best practices of high-performing and highly efficient |
2 |
| school
districts rather than general guidelines relating to |
3 |
| school district
operation. The information must be accessible |
4 |
| by school districts and
interested members of the public. |
5 |
| (b) The State Board of Education shall solicit and collect |
6 |
| from
exemplary or recognized school districts, charter |
7 |
| schools,
and other institutions determined by the State Board |
8 |
| of Education
examples of best practices relating to |
9 |
| instruction, public school
finance, resource allocation, and |
10 |
| business practices, including best
practices relating to |
11 |
| curriculum, scope and sequence, compensation and
incentive |
12 |
| systems, bilingual education and special language programs,
|
13 |
| compensatory education programs, and the effective use of |
14 |
| instructional
technology, including online courses. |
15 |
| (c) The State Board of Education may contract for the |
16 |
| services of one or more third-party contractors to develop, |
17 |
| implement, and maintain a system of collecting and evaluating |
18 |
| the best practices of campuses and
school districts as provided |
19 |
| by this Section. In addition to any other
considerations |
20 |
| required by law, the State Board of Education must
consider an |
21 |
| applicant's demonstrated competence and qualifications in
|
22 |
| analyzing school district practices in awarding a contract |
23 |
| under this
subsection (c). |
24 |
| (d) The State Board of Education may purchase from |
25 |
| available funds curriculum and other instructional tools |
26 |
| identified under this Section to provide for use by school |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 109 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| districts. |
2 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.150 new) |
3 |
| Sec. 2-3.150. The Science, Technology, Engineering, and |
4 |
| Mathematics Education Center Grant Program. |
5 |
| (a) As used in this Section, unless the context otherwise |
6 |
| requires: |
7 |
| "Grant program" means the science, technology, |
8 |
| engineering,
and mathematics education center grant program |
9 |
| created in this Section. |
10 |
| "Science, technology, engineering, and mathematics |
11 |
| education" or "STEM" means learning experiences that integrate |
12 |
| innovative curricular,
instructional, and assessment |
13 |
| strategies and materials, laboratory and
mentorship |
14 |
| experiences, and authentic inquiry-based and problem
centered |
15 |
| instruction to stimulate learning in the areas of science,
|
16 |
| technology, engineering, and mathematics. |
17 |
| "Science, technology, engineering, and mathematics |
18 |
| education
innovation center" means a center operated by a |
19 |
| school district,
a charter school, the Illinois Mathematics and |
20 |
| Science Academy, or a joint collaborative partnership that |
21 |
| provides STEM
teaching and learning experiences, materials, |
22 |
| laboratory and mentorship
experiences, and educational |
23 |
| seminars, institutes or workshops for
students and teachers. |
24 |
| (b) The Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy, in |
25 |
| consultation
and partnership with the State Board of Education, |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 110 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the
Board of Higher Education, the business community, the
|
2 |
| entrepreneurial technology community, and professionals, |
3 |
| including
teachers, in the field of science, technology, |
4 |
| engineering, and
mathematics shall create a strategic plan for |
5 |
| developing a whole
systems approach to redesigning |
6 |
| prekindergarten through grade 12 STEM education in this State, |
7 |
| including, but not limited to, designing and creating |
8 |
| integrative teaching and learning networks among science, |
9 |
| technology, engineering, and mathematics innovation education |
10 |
| centers, university and corporate research facilities, and |
11 |
| established STEM laboratories, businesses, and the Illinois |
12 |
| Mathematics and Science Academy. |
13 |
| (c) At a minimum, the plan shall provide direction for |
14 |
| program
design and development, including the following: |
15 |
| (1) continuous generation and sharing of curricular,
|
16 |
| instructional, assessment, and program development |
17 |
| materials and
information about STEM teaching and learning |
18 |
| throughout the
network; |
19 |
| (2) identification of curricular, instructional, and
|
20 |
| assessment goals that reflect the research in cognition and |
21 |
| the
development of creativity in STEM fields and the |
22 |
| systemic changes
in STEM education, so as to be consistent |
23 |
| with inquiry-based and
problem-centered instruction in |
24 |
| science, technology, engineering,
and mathematics. Such |
25 |
| goals shall also reflect current
frameworks, standards, |
26 |
| and guidelines, such as those defined by
the National |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 111 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Research Council (National Academy of Science), the
|
2 |
| American Association for the Advancement of Science, the |
3 |
| National
Council of Teachers of Mathematics, the National |
4 |
| Science Teachers
Association, and professional |
5 |
| associations in STEM fields; |
6 |
| (3) identification of essential teacher competencies |
7 |
| and
a comprehensive plan for recruiting, mentoring, and |
8 |
| retaining STEM
teachers, especially those in |
9 |
| under-resourced schools and school
districts; creation of |
10 |
| a community of practice among STEM center
educators and |
11 |
| other teachers of science, technology, engineering,
and |
12 |
| mathematics as part of a network of promising practices in
|
13 |
| teaching; and the establishment of recruitment, mentoring, |
14 |
| and retention plans
for Golden Apple teachers in STEM |
15 |
| fields and Illinois
STEM teachers who have received |
16 |
| national board certification and
are also part of the STEM |
17 |
| innovation network; |
18 |
| (4) a statement of desired competencies for STEM |
19 |
| learning
by students; |
20 |
| (5) a description of recommended courses of action to
|
21 |
| improve educational experiences, programs, practices, and
|
22 |
| service; |
23 |
| (6) the improvement of access and availability of STEM
|
24 |
| courses, especially for rural school districts and |
25 |
| particularly
to those groups which are traditionally |
26 |
| underrepresented through
the Illinois Virtual High School; |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 112 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the plan shall include goals
for using telecommunications |
2 |
| facilities as recommended by a
telecommunications advisory |
3 |
| commission; |
4 |
| (7) expectations and guidelines for designing and
|
5 |
| developing a dynamic, creative, and engaged teaching |
6 |
| network; |
7 |
| (8) a description of the laboratory and incubator model |
8 |
| for
the STEM centers; |
9 |
| (9) support for innovation and entrepreneurship in
|
10 |
| curriculum, instruction, assessment, and professional |
11 |
| development;
and |
12 |
| (10) cost estimates. |
13 |
| (d) The plan shall provide a framework that enables the
|
14 |
| teachers, school districts, and institutions of higher |
15 |
| education to
operate as an integrated system. The plan shall |
16 |
| provide innovative
mechanisms and incentives to the following: |
17 |
| (1) educational providers, as well as professional
|
18 |
| associations, business and university partners, and |
19 |
| educational
receivers (students and teachers) at the |
20 |
| prekindergarten through grade 12 and postsecondary levels |
21 |
| to design and implement innovative curricula, including |
22 |
| experiences, mentorships, institutes, and seminars and to |
23 |
| develop new materials and activities for these; |
24 |
| (2) course providers and receivers for leveraging |
25 |
| distance
learning technologies through the Illinois |
26 |
| Virtual High School
and applying distance learning |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 113 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| instructional design techniques,
taking into consideration |
2 |
| the work of a telecommunications
advisory commission; |
3 |
| (3) prekindergarten through grade 12 teachers to |
4 |
| encourage them to take graduate STEM courses and degree |
5 |
| programs; such incentives may include a tuition matching |
6 |
| program; |
7 |
| (4) appropriate State agencies, federal agencies,
|
8 |
| professional organizations, public television stations, |
9 |
| and
businesses and industries to involve them in the |
10 |
| development of the strategic plan; and |
11 |
| (5) businesses, industries, and individuals for |
12 |
| volunteering
their time and community resources. |
13 |
| (e) The plan shall provide a mechanism for incorporating |
14 |
| the cost
for accomplishing these goals into the ongoing |
15 |
| operating budget
beginning in 2010. |
16 |
| (f) There is created the Science and Technology Education
|
17 |
| Center Grant Program to provide development and operating |
18 |
| moneys in the form of matching funds for existing or proposed |
19 |
| nonprofit STEM
education centers. At a minimum, each STEM |
20 |
| center that receives a
grant shall not only provide STEM |
21 |
| education activities to students
enrolled in the school |
22 |
| district or charter school and materials and educational |
23 |
| workshops to teachers employed by the school district or |
24 |
| charter school,
but also, as part of generative and innovative |
25 |
| teaching and learning
network, shall share information with all |
26 |
| STEM centers, the Illinois
Mathematics and Science Academy, and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 114 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| partner associations or businesses. |
2 |
| (g) School districts, charter schools, the Illinois |
3 |
| Mathematics and Science Academy, and joint collaborative |
4 |
| partnerships may establish science and
technology education |
5 |
| centers or may contract with regional offices of
education, |
6 |
| intermediate service centers, public community colleges, |
7 |
| 4-year institutions of higher education,
non-profit or |
8 |
| for-profit education providers, youth service agencies,
|
9 |
| community-based organizations, or other appropriate entities |
10 |
| to
establish science and technology education centers within |
11 |
| the public
school system. Districts and charter schools may |
12 |
| individually operate
alternative learning opportunities |
13 |
| programs or may collaborate with 2
or more districts or charter |
14 |
| schools or do both to create and operate
science and technology |
15 |
| education centers. |
16 |
| (h) Beginning with the 2009-2010 school year, the State |
17 |
| Board
of Education shall, subject to available appropriations, |
18 |
| annually award
one or more science, technology, engineering, |
19 |
| and mathematics education center grants for the development and |
20 |
| operation of STEM centers. |
21 |
| A school district, a charter school, the Illinois |
22 |
| Mathematics and Science Academy, or a joint collaborative |
23 |
| partnership may apply for a STEM center grant pursuant to |
24 |
| procedures and time lines specified by rule of the State Board |
25 |
| of Education. |
26 |
| (i) The State Board of Education, in selecting one or more |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 115 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| school
districts, charter schools, or joint collaborative |
2 |
| partnerships or the Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy |
3 |
| for receipt of a grant, shall give priority to applicants that |
4 |
| are geographically located farthest from other STEM centers or |
5 |
| applicants that have less opportunity for science,
technology, |
6 |
| engineering, and mathematics resource support. The State
Board |
7 |
| shall also consider the following factors: |
8 |
| (1) the facility, equipment, and technology that are or
|
9 |
| will be provided and the activities and range of programs |
10 |
| that
are or will be offered by the STEM education center; |
11 |
| (2) the strength and capacity of the school district or |
12 |
| charter school to work as a network cooperatively with the |
13 |
| Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy, other STEM |
14 |
| centers, universities and STEM laboratories, businesses, |
15 |
| and industries; and |
16 |
| (3) recommendations of the Illinois P-20 Council and |
17 |
| the Illinois
Mathematics and Science Academy. |
18 |
| (j) A STEM center grant shall be payable from moneys
|
19 |
| appropriated to the STEM Education Center Grant Fund. |
20 |
| The State Board of Education shall specify the amount
to be |
21 |
| awarded to each school district, charter school, or joint |
22 |
| collaborative partnership that is selected to receive a grant |
23 |
| and to the Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy, if |
24 |
| selected to receive a grant. The amount awarded to a new STEM |
25 |
| center for start-up costs shall not exceed $1,000,000 for the |
26 |
| first fiscal year and may not be renewed. The amount awarded to |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 116 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| an operating STEM center for operating costs shall not exceed |
2 |
| $500,000 for one fiscal year and shall be renewed annually for |
3 |
| 5 consecutive years if the STEM center is meeting its |
4 |
| accountability goals and its role as an active partner in a |
5 |
| generative teaching and learning network. |
6 |
| (k) Each school district, charter school, or joint |
7 |
| collaborative partnership that receives a grant pursuant to the |
8 |
| grant program and the Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy, |
9 |
| if selected to receive a grant, shall demonstrate, prior to |
10 |
| receiving any actual moneys, that the center has received or |
11 |
| has a written commitment for matching funds from other public |
12 |
| or private sources in the amount of a dollar-for-dollar match |
13 |
| with the amount of the grant. This requirement may be waived |
14 |
| upon application to and approval by the State Board of |
15 |
| Education based
on a showing of continued need or financial |
16 |
| hardship. |
17 |
| (l) The State Board of Education shall promulgate such |
18 |
| rules as are required in this Section and such additional rules |
19 |
| as may be required
for implementation of the grant program. |
20 |
| (m) Each school district or charter school that receives a |
21 |
| grant through the grant program shall, by the close of each |
22 |
| school year for
which the grant was awarded, submit to the |
23 |
| Illinois Mathematics and
Science Academy and the State Board of |
24 |
| Education a report specifying
the following information: |
25 |
| (1) the manner in which the grant money was used; |
26 |
| (2) the progress made toward achieving the goals and
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 117 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| producing the deliverables specified in the grant |
2 |
| recipient's
application; |
3 |
| (3) any additional entities and businesses with whom |
4 |
| the
grant recipient has contracted or partnered with the |
5 |
| goal of
achieving greater integration of information |
6 |
| technology education
in prekindergarten through grade 12 |
7 |
| curriculum; |
8 |
| (4) the recipient school district's or charter |
9 |
| school's plan
for continuing the integration of |
10 |
| information technology
education into the curriculum, |
11 |
| regardless of whether the grant is
renewed; |
12 |
| (5) the documentation demonstrating effective digital
|
13 |
| collaboration and networking, technological cooperation |
14 |
| and
sharing, and personal networking via innovative, |
15 |
| entrepreneurial
networks; |
16 |
| (6) a description of innovative instructional methods; |
17 |
| (7) evidence of staff training and outreach to teachers
|
18 |
| beyond those working in the STEM education center; and |
19 |
| (8) any other information specified by rule of the |
20 |
| State
Board of Education. |
21 |
| (n) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, a |
22 |
| recipient school need not submit a report for any academic year |
23 |
| in
which no grants are made through the grant program. |
24 |
| (o) The STEM Education Center Grant Fund is created as a |
25 |
| special fund in the State treasury. All money in the Fund shall |
26 |
| be used, subject to appropriation, by the State Board of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 118 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Education for the purpose of funding science, technology, |
2 |
| engineering, and mathematics education center grants awarded |
3 |
| under this Section. |
4 |
| (p) The State Board of Education may solicit and accept |
5 |
| money in
the form of gifts, contributions, and grants to be |
6 |
| deposited in the
STEM Education Center Grant Fund. The |
7 |
| acceptance of federal grants for purposes of this Section does |
8 |
| not commit State funds nor place an obligation upon the General |
9 |
| Assembly to continue the purposes for which the federal funds |
10 |
| are made available. |
11 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.151 new)
|
12 |
| Sec. 2-3.151. School Improvement Partnership Pool Fund. |
13 |
| (a) The School Improvement Partnership Pool Fund is created |
14 |
| as a special fund in the State treasury. All interest earned on |
15 |
| moneys in the Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. The School |
16 |
| Improvement Partnership Pool Fund shall not be subject to |
17 |
| sweeps, administrative charges, or charge-backs, such as, but |
18 |
| not limited to, those authorized under Section 8h of the State |
19 |
| Finance Act, nor any other fiscal or budgetary maneuver that |
20 |
| would in any way transfer any funds from the School Improvement |
21 |
| Partnership Pool Fund into any other fund of the State. |
22 |
| (b) Beginning in Fiscal Year 2011, moneys in the School |
23 |
| Improvement Partnership Pool Fund shall be used, subject to |
24 |
| appropriation, by the State Board of Education for a |
25 |
| competitive grant program to provide school districts with |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 119 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| demonstrated academic and financial need quality, integrated |
2 |
| support systems, such as training for staff, tutoring programs |
3 |
| for students, small school initiatives, literacy coaching, |
4 |
| proven programs such as reduced class size, extended learning |
5 |
| time, and after school and summer school programs, programs to |
6 |
| engage parents, and other systems as determined by the State |
7 |
| Board of Education. |
8 |
| (c) School districts eligible to apply to the State Board |
9 |
| of Education for a grant under subsection (b) of this Section |
10 |
| shall be limited to those (i) with any school that has not met |
11 |
| adequate yearly progress under the federal No Child Left Behind |
12 |
| Act of 2001 for at least 2 consecutive years or (ii) that have |
13 |
| been designated through the State Board of Education's School |
14 |
| District Financial Profile System as on financial warning or |
15 |
| financial watch status. The State Board may, by rule, establish |
16 |
| any additional procedures with respect to this grant program. |
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/2-3.152 new) |
18 |
| Sec. 2-3.152. Resource management service. |
19 |
| (a) The State Board of Education shall establish and
|
20 |
| maintain an Internet web-based resource management service for |
21 |
| all school districts on or before July 1, 2013. |
22 |
| (b) The resource management service shall identify |
23 |
| resource
configurations that contribute to improving internal |
24 |
| resources for
instructional programs, provide action-oriented |
25 |
| analysis and solutions,
and give school districts the ability |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 120 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| to explore different scenarios of
resource allocation. |
2 |
| (c) Annually, by the first day of October, an Internet |
3 |
| web-based preliminary resource allocation report must be |
4 |
| generated for each school district and delivered via the |
5 |
| Internet to each district superintendent for use by the |
6 |
| management team and the exclusive bargaining agents of the |
7 |
| school district's employees. This report shall identify |
8 |
| potential cost savings or resource reallocation opportunities |
9 |
| for the district in 5 core
areas of school district spending. |
10 |
| These core areas are instruction, operation and maintenance, |
11 |
| transportation, food service, and
central services. This |
12 |
| analysis shall show district spending in detailed
|
13 |
| subcategories compared to demographically or operationally |
14 |
| similar peer
school districts. The web-based resource |
15 |
| allocation reports generated under this Section constitute |
16 |
| preliminary drafts, notes, recommendations, memoranda, and |
17 |
| other records in which opinions are expressed or policies or |
18 |
| actions are formulated and therefore exempt from disclosure |
19 |
| under subdivision (f) of subsection (1) of Section 7 of the |
20 |
| Freedom of Information Act. |
21 |
| (d) Each school district shall have the ability through the |
22 |
| on-line resource allocation report to test various resource |
23 |
| allocation scenarios
relative to pre-defined peers as well as |
24 |
| geographic peers and the most
efficient peers statewide. Each |
25 |
| district shall have the ability
to choose specific combinations |
26 |
| of districts for comparison. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 121 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (e) The resource management service shall contain, based on |
2 |
| the
spending and demographic profile of the school district, |
3 |
| action-oriented information, such as effective best practices |
4 |
| in schools
districts, diagnostic questions, and other |
5 |
| management or community
considerations that may be implemented |
6 |
| to capture savings identified in
the resource allocation |
7 |
| report. |
8 |
| (f) The resource management service must be initiated and |
9 |
| maintained through a contract between the State Board of |
10 |
| Education and an independent third party specializing in school |
11 |
| market research within this State and the United States. Costs |
12 |
| to establish and maintain this service and train school |
13 |
| district personnel in the use of this service shall be supplied |
14 |
| by the General Assembly to the State Board of Education through |
15 |
| an annual appropriation of no less than $2 per student based on |
16 |
| the prior year total of enrolled students in public schools in |
17 |
| this State. Up to 25% of the annual appropriation may be |
18 |
| allocated by the State Board of Education to hire personnel and |
19 |
| facilitate data collection. No less than 25% of the annual |
20 |
| appropriation shall be
utilized by the State Board of Education |
21 |
| to deliver training to school
district personnel in the use of |
22 |
| the management service. Such training
shall be delivered by |
23 |
| certificated school business officials or
State Board of |
24 |
| Education trained personnel and may be provided through |
25 |
| administrator academies and mentoring programs. The State |
26 |
| Board of Education may establish contracts with other |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 122 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| organizations to provide such training and mentoring. |
2 |
| In the event that a district does not employ a certificated |
3 |
| school business official, a least one employee must be trained
|
4 |
| and certified in the use of the resource management service. In
|
5 |
| addition, a representative of the exclusive bargaining agents |
6 |
| of the
school district's employees shall be invited to be |
7 |
| trained and
certified. |
8 |
| (g) The State Board of Education shall identify the data |
9 |
| required to
implement the resource management service and |
10 |
| develop annual data
reporting instruments designed to collect |
11 |
| the information from each
school district. |
12 |
| The State Board of Education may provide grants to school |
13 |
| districts to permit those school districts to develop and |
14 |
| implement a plan for a shared services agreement in the |
15 |
| following areas: operation and maintenance and central |
16 |
| services. |
17 |
| (h) Annually, the certificated school business official or |
18 |
| resource management service trained employee in each school |
19 |
| district shall review and certify that the resource allocation |
20 |
| report has been received and reviewed by the management team |
21 |
| and the exclusive bargaining agent of the district. |
22 |
| Subsequently, a report must be filed with the State Board of |
23 |
| Education identifying the considerations that will be studied |
24 |
| as a result of such analysis. In addition, any implementation |
25 |
| of strategies or reallocation of resources associated with the |
26 |
| resource management service must be annually reported to the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 123 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Board of Education, the exclusive bargaining agents of the |
2 |
| school district's employees, and, subsequently, the State |
3 |
| Board of Education. The State Board shall annually prepare a |
4 |
| cumulative report to be posted electronically containing those |
5 |
| initiatives studied and implemented on a statewide basis. |
6 |
| (105 ILCS 5/3-6.5 new) |
7 |
| Sec. 3-6.5. Regional office evaluation and accountability. |
8 |
| (a) The State Board of Education shall contract with a |
9 |
| third party to maintain information regarding the performance |
10 |
| of regional education service centers. Such information shall |
11 |
| include the following: |
12 |
| (1) district effectiveness and efficiency in districts |
13 |
| served
resulting from technical assistance and program |
14 |
| support; |
15 |
| (2) direct services provided or regionally shared |
16 |
| services
arranged by the service center that produce more |
17 |
| economical and
efficient school operations; |
18 |
| (3) direct services provided or regionally shared |
19 |
| services
arranged by the service center that provide for |
20 |
| assistance in core
services; and |
21 |
| (4) grants received for implementation of State |
22 |
| initiatives and
the results achieved by the service center |
23 |
| under the terms of the grant contract. |
24 |
| Regional offices of education and educational service |
25 |
| centers must promptly comply with any requests for information |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 124 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| under this Section from the State Board of Education or its |
2 |
| third party contractor. |
3 |
| (b) The regional superintendent of schools shall report, in |
4 |
| writing, to the governing county board or boards, no later than |
5 |
| January 1, 2011 and each January 1 thereafter,
stating (i) the
|
6 |
| balance on hand at the time of the last report and all receipts |
7 |
| since
that date, with the sources from which they were derived; |
8 |
| (ii) the
amount distributed to each of the school treasurers in |
9 |
| the governing county or counties; and
(iii) any balance on |
10 |
| hand. At the same time the regional superintendent shall |
11 |
| present for inspection his or her books and vouchers for all |
12 |
| expenditures, and submit in writing a statement of the |
13 |
| condition of the institute fund and of any other funds in his |
14 |
| or her care, custody, or control. |
15 |
| (c) Each regional superintendent of schools, whether for a |
16 |
| multi-county or for a single county educational service region, |
17 |
| shall present for inspection or otherwise make available to the |
18 |
| Auditor General, or to the agents designated by the Auditor |
19 |
| General, all financial statements, books, vouchers, and other |
20 |
| records required to be so presented or made
available pursuant |
21 |
| to Section 2-3.17a of this Code and the rules of
the Auditor |
22 |
| General pursuant to that Section. |
23 |
| (d) Beginning December 1, 2011, and annually thereafter, |
24 |
| the State Board of Education shall, through the contractor |
25 |
| referenced in subsection (a) of this Section, publish, online, |
26 |
| a cumulative report with information about each regional office |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 125 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| of education and educational service center. Each report must |
2 |
| include, with respect to the prior fiscal year, the following: |
3 |
| (1) an audit of the office's finances, which shall be |
4 |
| provided by the Auditor General to the State Board of |
5 |
| Education or its third party contractor for this purpose; |
6 |
| (2) the information required to be maintained under |
7 |
| subsection (a) of this Section; and |
8 |
| (3) the results of the service evaluation report
|
9 |
| annually made by the Office of the Lieutenant Governor |
10 |
| pursuant to Section 2-3.112 of this Code.
|
11 |
| (105 ILCS 5/3-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 3-7)
|
12 |
| Sec. 3-7. Failure to prepare and forward information.
If |
13 |
| the trustees of schools of any township in Class II county |
14 |
| school
units, or any school district which forms a part of a |
15 |
| Class II county
school unit but which is not subject to the |
16 |
| jurisdiction of the trustees of
schools of any township in |
17 |
| which such district is located, or any
school district in any |
18 |
| Class I county school units fail to
prepare and forward or |
19 |
| cause to be prepared and forwarded to the regional
|
20 |
| superintendent of schools, reports required by this Act, the |
21 |
| regional
superintendent of schools shall furnish such |
22 |
| information or he shall
employ a person or persons to furnish |
23 |
| such information, as far as
practicable. Such person shall have |
24 |
| access to the books, records and
papers of the school district |
25 |
| to enable him or them to prepare such
reports, and the school |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 126 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| district shall permit such person or persons to
examine such |
2 |
| books, records and papers at such time and such place as
such |
3 |
| person or persons may desire for the purpose aforesaid. For |
4 |
| such
services the regional superintendent of schools shall bill |
5 |
| the district an
amount to cover the cost of preparation of such |
6 |
| reports if he employs a
person to prepare such reports.
|
7 |
| Each school district shall, as of June 30 of each year, |
8 |
| cause an audit
of its accounts to be made by a person lawfully |
9 |
| qualified to practice
public accounting as regulated by the |
10 |
| Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such
audit shall include (i) |
11 |
| development of a risk assessment of district internal controls, |
12 |
| (ii) an annual review and update of the risk assessment, and |
13 |
| (iii) an annual management letter that analyzes significant |
14 |
| risk assessment findings, recommends changes for strengthening |
15 |
| controls and reducing identified risks, and specifies |
16 |
| timeframes for implementation of these recommendations, as |
17 |
| well as financial statements of the district applicable to the
|
18 |
| type of records required by other sections of this Act and in |
19 |
| addition
shall set forth the scope of audit and shall include |
20 |
| the professional
opinion signed by the auditor, or if such an |
21 |
| opinion is denied by the
auditor, shall set forth the reasons |
22 |
| for such denial. Each school district
shall on or before |
23 |
| October 15 of each year, submit an original and one copy
of the |
24 |
| such audit to the regional superintendent of schools in the |
25 |
| educational
service region having jurisdiction in which case |
26 |
| the regional
superintendent of schools shall be relieved of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 127 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| responsibility in regard to
the accounts of the school |
2 |
| district. If any school district fails to supply
the regional |
3 |
| superintendent of schools with a copy of such audit report on
|
4 |
| or before October 15, or within such time extended by the |
5 |
| regional
superintendent of schools from that date, not to |
6 |
| exceed 60 days, then it
shall be the responsibility of the |
7 |
| regional superintendent of schools
having jurisdiction to |
8 |
| cause such audit to be made by employing an
accountant licensed |
9 |
| to practice in the State of Illinois to conduct such
audit and |
10 |
| shall bill the district for such services, or shall with the
|
11 |
| personnel of his office make such audit to his satisfaction and |
12 |
| bill the
district for such service. In the latter case, if the |
13 |
| audit is made by
personnel employed in the office of the |
14 |
| regional superintendent of schools
having jurisdiction, then |
15 |
| the regional superintendent of schools shall not
be relieved of |
16 |
| the responsibility as to the accountability of the school
|
17 |
| district. The copy of the audit shall be forwarded by the |
18 |
| regional
superintendent to the State Board of Education on or |
19 |
| before November 15 of
each year and shall be filed by the State |
20 |
| Board of Education. Beginning on July 1, 2010, all school |
21 |
| districts shall utilize a competitive request for proposals |
22 |
| process at least once every 5 years when contracting for such |
23 |
| an annual audit, provided that school districts with existing |
24 |
| contracts of less than 5 years in length that are in effect on |
25 |
| July 1, 2010 shall utilize a competitive request for proposals |
26 |
| process when contracting for an annual audit after the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 128 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| expiration date of the existing contract.
|
2 |
| Each school district that is the administrative district |
3 |
| for several
school districts operating under a joint agreement |
4 |
| as authorized by this
Act shall, as of June 30 each year, cause |
5 |
| an audit of the accounts of the
joint agreement to be made by a |
6 |
| person lawfully qualified to practice
public accounting as |
7 |
| regulated by the Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such
audit |
8 |
| shall include (i) development of a risk assessment of district |
9 |
| internal controls, (ii) an annual review and update of the risk |
10 |
| assessment, and (iii) an annual management letter that analyzes |
11 |
| significant risk assessment findings, recommends changes for |
12 |
| strengthening controls and reducing identified risks, and |
13 |
| specifies timeframes for implementation of these |
14 |
| recommendations, as well as financial statements of the |
15 |
| operation of the joint
agreement applicable to the type of |
16 |
| records required by this Act and, in
addition, shall set forth |
17 |
| the scope of the audit and shall include the
professional |
18 |
| opinion signed by the auditor, or if such an opinion is
denied, |
19 |
| the auditor shall set forth the reason for such denial. Each
|
20 |
| administrative district of a joint agreement shall on or before |
21 |
| October 15
each year, submit an original and one copy of such |
22 |
| audit to the regional
superintendent of schools in the |
23 |
| educational service region having
jurisdiction in which case |
24 |
| the regional superintendent of schools shall be
relieved of |
25 |
| responsibility in regard to the accounts of the joint
|
26 |
| agreement. The copy of the audit shall be forwarded by the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 129 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| regional
superintendent to the State Board of Education on or |
2 |
| before November 15 of
each year and shall be filed by the State |
3 |
| Board of Education. The cost of
such an audit shall be |
4 |
| apportioned among and paid by the several districts
who are |
5 |
| parties to the joint agreement, in the same manner as
other |
6 |
| costs and expenses accruing to the districts jointly. Beginning |
7 |
| on July 1, 2010, all school districts operating under a joint |
8 |
| agreement shall utilize a competitive request for proposals |
9 |
| process at least once every 5 years when contracting for such |
10 |
| an annual audit, provided that all school districts operating |
11 |
| under a joint agreement with existing contracts of less than 5 |
12 |
| years in length that are in effect on July 1, 2010 shall |
13 |
| utilize a competitive request for proposals process when |
14 |
| contracting for an annual audit after the expiration date of |
15 |
| the existing contract.
|
16 |
| The State Board of Education shall determine the adequacy
|
17 |
| of the audits. All audits shall be kept on file in the office |
18 |
| of the
State Board of Education.
|
19 |
| (Source: P.A. 86-1441; 87-473 .)
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-16.10 new) |
21 |
| Sec. 10-16.10. Board member leadership training. |
22 |
| (a) This Section shall apply to all school board
members |
23 |
| serving pursuant to Section 10-10 of this Code who have been |
24 |
| elected on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act |
25 |
| of the 96th General Assembly or appointed to fill a vacancy of
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 130 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| at least one year's duration on or after the effective date of |
2 |
| this amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly. |
3 |
| (b) It is the policy of this State to encourage every |
4 |
| voting member of a board of education of a school district |
5 |
| elected or appointed for a term beginning on or after
the |
6 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General |
7 |
| Assembly, within a year after the effective date of this |
8 |
| amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly or the first year |
9 |
| of his or her term, to complete a minimum of 4 hours of |
10 |
| professional development leadership training covering topics |
11 |
| in education and labor law, financial oversight and |
12 |
| accountability, and fiduciary responsibilities of a school |
13 |
| board member. |
14 |
| (c) The training on financial oversight, accountability, |
15 |
| and fiduciary responsibilities may be provided by an |
16 |
| association established under this Code for the purpose of |
17 |
| training school board members or by other qualified providers |
18 |
| approved by the State Board of Education, in conjunction with |
19 |
| an association so established.
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17a)
|
21 |
| Sec. 10-17a. Better schools accountability.
|
22 |
| (1) Policy and
Purpose. It shall be the policy of the State |
23 |
| of Illinois that each school
district in this State, including |
24 |
| special charter districts and districts
subject to the |
25 |
| provisions of Article 34, shall submit to parents, taxpayers
of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 131 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| such district, the Governor, the General Assembly, and the |
2 |
| State
Board of Education a school report card assessing the |
3 |
| performance of its
schools and students. The report card shall |
4 |
| be an index of school
performance measured against statewide |
5 |
| and local standards and will provide
information to make prior |
6 |
| year comparisons and to set future year targets
through the |
7 |
| school improvement plan.
|
8 |
| (2) Reporting Requirements. Each school district shall |
9 |
| prepare a report
card in accordance with the guidelines set |
10 |
| forth in this Section which
describes the performance of its |
11 |
| students by school attendance centers and
by district and the |
12 |
| district's financial resources and use of financial
resources. |
13 |
| Such report
card shall be presented at a regular school board |
14 |
| meeting subject to
applicable notice requirements,
posted on |
15 |
| the
school district's Internet web site, if the district |
16 |
| maintains an Internet web
site,
made available
to a newspaper |
17 |
| of general circulation serving the district, and, upon
request, |
18 |
| sent
home to a parent (unless the district does not maintain an |
19 |
| Internet web site,
in which case
the report card shall be sent |
20 |
| home to parents without request). If the
district posts the |
21 |
| report card on its Internet web
site, the district
shall send a
|
22 |
| written notice home to parents stating (i) that the report card |
23 |
| is available on
the web site,
(ii) the address of the web site, |
24 |
| (iii) that a printed copy of the report card
will be sent to
|
25 |
| parents upon request, and (iv) the telephone number that |
26 |
| parents may
call to
request a printed copy of the report card.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 132 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| In addition, each school district shall submit the
completed |
2 |
| report card to the office of the district's Regional
|
3 |
| Superintendent which shall make copies available to any |
4 |
| individuals
requesting them.
|
5 |
| The report card shall be completed and disseminated prior |
6 |
| to October 31
in each school year. The report card shall |
7 |
| contain, but
not be limited to, actual local school attendance |
8 |
| center, school district
and statewide data indicating the |
9 |
| present performance of the school, the
State norms and the |
10 |
| areas for planned improvement for the school and school
|
11 |
| district.
|
12 |
| (3) (a) The report card shall include the following |
13 |
| applicable
indicators of attendance center, district, and |
14 |
| statewide student
performance: percent of students who exceed, |
15 |
| meet, or do not meet
standards established by the
State Board |
16 |
| of Education pursuant to Section 2-3.25a; growth model |
17 |
| assessment estimates for each district, subject to a statewide |
18 |
| growth model assessment system being established and data being |
19 |
| available pursuant to Section 2-3.64b of this Code; composite |
20 |
| and subtest
means on
nationally normed achievement tests for
|
21 |
| college bound students; student attendance rates; chronic
|
22 |
| truancy rate; dropout rate;
graduation rate;
and student
|
23 |
| mobility, turnover
shown as a percent of transfers out and a |
24 |
| percent of transfers in.
|
25 |
| (b) The report card shall include the following |
26 |
| descriptions for the
school,
district, and State: average
class |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 133 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| size; amount of time per day devoted to mathematics, science,
|
2 |
| English and social science at primary,
middle and junior high |
3 |
| school grade levels;
number of students taking the Prairie |
4 |
| State Achievement Examination under
subsection (c) of
Section |
5 |
| 2-3.64, the number of those students who received a score of |
6 |
| excellent,
and
the average score by school of students taking |
7 |
| the examination;
pupil-teacher ratio; pupil-administrator |
8 |
| ratio;
operating expenditure per
pupil; district expenditure |
9 |
| by fund; average administrator salary; and average
teacher |
10 |
| salary.
The report card shall also specify the amount of money |
11 |
| that the district
receives from all sources, including without |
12 |
| limitation subcategories
specifying the amount from local |
13 |
| property taxes, the amount from
general State aid, the amount |
14 |
| from other State funding, and the amount
from other income. The |
15 |
| report card shall also include the 5 components of the |
16 |
| financial rating and the total financial rating scores from the |
17 |
| State Financial Profile.
|
18 |
| (c) The report card shall include applicable indicators of |
19 |
| parental
involvement in each attendance center. The parental |
20 |
| involvement component
of the report card shall include the |
21 |
| percentage of students whose parents
or guardians have had one |
22 |
| or more personal contacts with the students'
teachers during |
23 |
| the school year concerning the students' education, and such
|
24 |
| other information, commentary, and suggestions as the school |
25 |
| district
desires. For the purposes of this paragraph, "personal |
26 |
| contact" includes,
but is not limited to, parent-teacher |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 134 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| conferences, parental visits to
school, school visits to home, |
2 |
| telephone conversations, and written
correspondence. The |
3 |
| parental involvement component shall not single out or
identify |
4 |
| individual students, parents, or guardians by name.
|
5 |
| (d) The report card form shall be prepared by the State |
6 |
| Board of
Education and provided to school districts by the most |
7 |
| efficient, economic,
and appropriate means.
|
8 |
| (e) The report card shall include an indicator describing |
9 |
| whether the school district has improved, declined, or remained |
10 |
| stable in the aggregate percentage of students making at least |
11 |
| one-year's academic growth each year, subject to a statewide |
12 |
| growth model assessment system being established and data being |
13 |
| available pursuant to Section 2-3.64b of this Code. |
14 |
| (f) Except for schools in a school district organized under |
15 |
| Article 34 of this Code, the report card shall include a |
16 |
| comparison of the following indicators to a benchmark group of |
17 |
| at least 5 schools that have similar demographics as defined by |
18 |
| the State Board of Education: |
19 |
| (1) percentage of students in the aggregate making one
|
20 |
| year's progress in one year's time in reading, writing, and
|
21 |
| mathematics, subject to a statewide growth model |
22 |
| assessment system being established and data being |
23 |
| available pursuant to Section 2-3.64b of this Code; |
24 |
| (2) State Financial Profile rating; and |
25 |
| (3) instruction per pupil expenditures. |
26 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 135 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-17b new) |
2 |
| Sec. 10-17b. Financial policies. Beginning with the second |
3 |
| fiscal year after the effective date of this amendatory Act of |
4 |
| the 96th General Assembly, each school board shall adopt a |
5 |
| formal, written financial policy. The policy may include |
6 |
| information in the following areas: |
7 |
| (1) Debt capacity, issuance, and management. |
8 |
| (2) Capital asset management. |
9 |
| (3) Reserve or stabilization fund goals. |
10 |
| (4) Periodic budget to actual comparison reports. |
11 |
| (5) Fees and charges. |
12 |
| (6) The use of one-time revenue. |
13 |
| (7) Risk management related to internal controls. |
14 |
| (8) Purchasing. |
15 |
| (9) Vehicle acquisition and maintenance. |
16 |
| The school board shall make the policy publicly available. |
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-17c new) |
18 |
| Sec. 10-17c. Long-term financial plan. Beginning with the |
19 |
| second fiscal year after the effective date of this amendatory |
20 |
| Act of the 96th General Assembly, each school board shall |
21 |
| develop a long-term financial plan that extends over at least a |
22 |
| 3-year period and that is updated and approved annually. The |
23 |
| plan must include multi-year forecasts of revenues, |
24 |
| expenditures, and debt. The school board may make the plan |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 136 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| available to the public by publishing it as a separate document |
2 |
| and submitting it with the annual budget or by posting the plan |
3 |
| as a document on the school district's Internet website, if |
4 |
| any. The forecasts that are the foundation of the plan must be |
5 |
| available to participants in the budget process before |
6 |
| budgetary decisions are made. The public must be provided |
7 |
| opportunities for providing dialog with respect to the |
8 |
| long-term financial planning process. Public access and review |
9 |
| shall take place as part of the official budget hearing process |
10 |
| in accordance with Section 17-1 of this Code, which requires |
11 |
| the posting of notice and making documents available to the |
12 |
| general public at least 30 days in advance of the budget |
13 |
| hearing. |
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-17d new) |
15 |
| Sec. 10-17d. Capital improvement plan. Beginning with the |
16 |
| second fiscal year after the effective date of this amendatory |
17 |
| Act of the 96th General Assembly, each school board shall |
18 |
| develop a 5-year capital improvement plan that is updated and |
19 |
| approved annually. The plan must include a summary list of the |
20 |
| description of the capital projects to be completed over the |
21 |
| next 5 years, along with projected expenditures, and revenue |
22 |
| sources. The school board shall make the plan available to the |
23 |
| public. The school board shall hold a public hearing on the |
24 |
| capital improvement plan, which hearing may be held at a |
25 |
| regularly scheduled meeting of the board. This hearing shall be |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 137 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| held in the same manner and subject to the same notice and |
2 |
| other requirements as the public hearing required prior to |
3 |
| adoption of the budget in conformity with Section 17-1 of this |
4 |
| Code, which requires the posting of notice and making documents |
5 |
| available to the general public at least 30 days in advance of |
6 |
| the budget hearing.
|
7 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-20.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.20)
|
8 |
| Sec. 10-20.20. Protection from suit. )
To indemnify and |
9 |
| protect school districts, members of school boards, employees,
|
10 |
| volunteer personnel authorized in Sections 10-22.34, 10-22.34a |
11 |
| and
10-22.34b of this Code , mentors of certified staff as |
12 |
| authorized in Article 21A and Sections 2-3.53a, 2-3.53b, and |
13 |
| 34-18.33 of this Code,
and student teachers against civil |
14 |
| rights damage claims and
suits, constitutional rights damage |
15 |
| claims and suits and death and bodily
injury and property |
16 |
| damage claims and suits, including defense thereof,
when |
17 |
| damages are sought for negligent or wrongful acts alleged to |
18 |
| have been
committed in the scope of employment or under the |
19 |
| direction of the board or related to any mentoring services |
20 |
| provided to certified staff of the school district .
Such |
21 |
| indemnification and protection shall extend to persons who were
|
22 |
| members of school boards, employees of school boards,
|
23 |
| authorized volunteer personnel , mentors of certified staff, or |
24 |
| student teachers at
the time of the incident from which a claim |
25 |
| arises.
No agent may be afforded
indemnification or protection |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 138 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| unless he was a member of a school board, an
employee of a |
2 |
| board,
an authorized volunteer , a mentor of certified staff,
or |
3 |
| a student teacher at the time of the incident from
which the |
4 |
| claim arises.
|
5 |
| (Source: P.A. 79-210.)
|
6 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-20.45)
|
7 |
| Sec. 10-20.45
10-20.41 . Pay for performance.
|
8 |
| (a) In this Section: |
9 |
| "Growth model assessment" means the statewide growth model |
10 |
| assessment system established by the State Board of Education |
11 |
| to measure the annual increase or growth in each student's |
12 |
| performance relative to a standard year of academic growth on |
13 |
| the assessments provided for in Section 2-3.64b of this Code |
14 |
| and other performance indicators that the State Board |
15 |
| identifies and that reliably estimates school district, |
16 |
| school, and teacher effects on students' academic achievement |
17 |
| over time, controls for student characteristics, and uses an |
18 |
| independently verifiable statistical methodology to produce |
19 |
| such estimates. |
20 |
| "Value-added" means the improvement gains in student |
21 |
| achievement that are made each year based on pre-test and |
22 |
| post-test outcomes. |
23 |
| A Beginning with all newly-negotiated collective |
24 |
| bargaining agreements entered into after the effective date of |
25 |
| this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, a school |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 139 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| board and the exclusive bargaining representative , if any, may |
2 |
| include a performance-based teacher compensation plan in the |
3 |
| subject of its collective bargaining agreement. Nothing in this |
4 |
| Section shall preclude the school board and the exclusive |
5 |
| bargaining representative from agreeing to and implementing a |
6 |
| new performance-based teacher compensation plan prior to the |
7 |
| termination of a the current collective bargaining agreement in |
8 |
| existence on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the |
9 |
| 96th General Assembly . |
10 |
| (b) The new teacher compensation plan bargained and agreed |
11 |
| to by the school board and the exclusive bargaining |
12 |
| representative under subsection (a) of this Section shall |
13 |
| provide certificated personnel with base salaries and shall |
14 |
| also provide that any increases in the compensation of |
15 |
| individual teachers or groups of teachers beyond base salaries |
16 |
| shall be pursuant, but not limited to, any of the following |
17 |
| elements: |
18 |
| (1) Excellent Superior teacher evaluations based on |
19 |
| multiple evaluations of their classroom teaching. |
20 |
| (2) A Evaluation of a teacher's student |
21 |
| classroom-level achievement growth as measured using a |
22 |
| growth model assessment or a value-added model. |
23 |
| "Value-added" means the improvement gains in student |
24 |
| achievement that are made each year based on pre-test and |
25 |
| post-test outcomes. |
26 |
| (3) School-level Evaluation of school-level |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 140 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| achievement growth as measured using a growth model |
2 |
| assessment or a value-added model. "Value-added" means the |
3 |
| improvement gains in student achievement that are made each |
4 |
| year based on pre-test and post-test outcomes. |
5 |
| (4) Demonstration of superior, outstanding performance |
6 |
| by an individual teacher or groups of teachers through the |
7 |
| meeting of unique and specific teaching practice |
8 |
| objectives defined and agreed to in advance in any given |
9 |
| school year. |
10 |
| (5) Preparation for meeting and contribution to the |
11 |
| broader needs of the school organization (e.g., curriculum |
12 |
| development, family liaison and community outreach, |
13 |
| implementation of a professional development program for |
14 |
| faculty, and participation in school management).
|
15 |
| (c) (Blank). A school board and exclusive bargaining |
16 |
| representative that initiate their own performance-based |
17 |
| teacher compensation program shall submit the new plan to the |
18 |
| State Board of Education for review not later than 150 days |
19 |
| before the plan is to become effective. If the plan does not |
20 |
| conform to this Section, the State Board of Education shall |
21 |
| return the plan to the school board and the exclusive |
22 |
| bargaining representative for modification. The school board |
23 |
| and the exclusive bargaining representative shall then have 30 |
24 |
| days after the plan is returned to them to submit a modified |
25 |
| plan.
|
26 |
| (d) Nothing in this Section precludes a school board and an |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 141 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| exclusive bargaining representative from agreeing to and |
2 |
| implementing a performance-based teacher compensation plan |
3 |
| that does not meet the requirements of subsection (b) of this |
4 |
| Section and does not use standardized test scores as a basis |
5 |
| for determining compensation under the plan in order to provide |
6 |
| new incentives to improve student learning and to recruit and |
7 |
| retain highly qualified teachers, encourage highly qualified |
8 |
| teachers to undertake challenging assignments, and support |
9 |
| teachers' roles in improving students' educational |
10 |
| achievement. |
11 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; revised 1-23-08.) |
12 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-20.46 new)
|
13 |
| Sec. 10-20.46. School district financial accountability. |
14 |
| (a) A school board shall annually include a user-friendly |
15 |
| executive summary as part of the district's budget. The |
16 |
| executive summary shall include all of the following: |
17 |
| (1) The district's major goals and objectives. |
18 |
| (2) A discussion of the major financial factors and |
19 |
| trends affecting the budget, such as changes in revenues, |
20 |
| enrollment, and debt. |
21 |
| (3) A description of the budget process. |
22 |
| (4) An overview of revenues and expenditures for all |
23 |
| funds, including at least 3 to 5 years of prior and future |
24 |
| trends, based on data from the annual financial report. |
25 |
| (5) An explanation of significant financial and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 142 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| demographic trends. |
2 |
| (6) An explanation of the reasons for a budget deficit |
3 |
| and an explanation of how the deficit is being addressed in |
4 |
| accordance with Section 17-1 of this Code. |
5 |
| (7) A budget forecast for at least 3 to 5 years in the |
6 |
| future. |
7 |
| (8) Student enrollment trends, including a future |
8 |
| forecast. |
9 |
| (9) The number of personnel by type. |
10 |
| (10) Changes in both the long term and short term debt |
11 |
| burden. |
12 |
| (b) Beginning with the second fiscal year after the |
13 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General |
14 |
| Assembly, a school board shall annually include in the full |
15 |
| budget document the following items; any or all of the |
16 |
| following items may be published as separate documents provided |
17 |
| that they are explicitly referenced in the annual budget and |
18 |
| attached thereto and provided that they are made publicly |
19 |
| available at the same time as the tentative budget document: |
20 |
| (1) An organizational chart. |
21 |
| (2) Formal financial policies pursuant to Section |
22 |
| 10-17b of this Code. |
23 |
| (3) The district's long-term financial plan pursuant |
24 |
| to Section 10-17c of this Code or a summary of the |
25 |
| long-term financial plan. |
26 |
| (4) The district's capital improvement plan pursuant |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 143 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| to Section 10-17d of this Code or a summary of the capital |
2 |
| improvement plan.
|
3 |
| (105 ILCS 5/10-22.45) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.45)
|
4 |
| Sec. 10-22.45. A school board shall To establish an audit |
5 |
| committee, which may include and to appoint members
of the |
6 |
| board , or other appropriate officers , or persons who do not |
7 |
| serve on the board to the committee , to review audit
reports |
8 |
| and any other financial reports and documents, including |
9 |
| management
letters prepared by or on behalf of the board. |
10 |
| Nothing in this Section prohibits a school district from |
11 |
| maintaining its own internal audit function.
|
12 |
| (Source: P.A. 82-644.)
|
13 |
| (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
|
14 |
| Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; Amounts. |
15 |
| Reimbursement for furnishing special educational facilities in |
16 |
| a
recognized school to the type of children defined in Section |
17 |
| 14-1.02
shall be paid to the school districts in accordance |
18 |
| with Section 14-12.01
for each school year ending June 30 by |
19 |
| the State Comptroller out of any money
in the treasury |
20 |
| appropriated for such purposes on the presentation of vouchers
|
21 |
| by the State Board of Education.
|
22 |
| The reimbursement shall be limited to funds expended for |
23 |
| construction
and maintenance of special education facilities |
24 |
| designed and utilized to
house instructional programs, |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 144 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| diagnostic services, other special
education services for |
2 |
| children with disabilities and
reimbursement as
provided in |
3 |
| Section 14-13.01. There shall be no reimbursement for
|
4 |
| construction and maintenance of any administrative facility |
5 |
| separated
from special education facilities designed and |
6 |
| utilized to house
instructional programs, diagnostic services |
7 |
| and other special education
services for children with |
8 |
| disabilities.
|
9 |
| (a) For children who have not been identified as eligible |
10 |
| for special
education and for eligible children with physical
|
11 |
| disabilities, including all
eligible children whose placement |
12 |
| has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in
hospital or home |
13 |
| instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than
|
14 |
| $1,000 annually per child or $8,000 per teacher for the |
15 |
| 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and |
16 |
| $1,000 per child or $9,000 per teacher for the 2006-2007 school |
17 |
| year through the 2008-2009 school year, $11,839 per teacher for |
18 |
| the 2009-2010 school year, $12,786 per teacher for the |
19 |
| 2010-2011 school year, $14,679 per teacher for the 2011-2012 |
20 |
| school year, and $20,358 per teacher for the 2012-2013 school |
21 |
| year and for each school year
thereafter , whichever is less. |
22 |
| Thereafter, the reimbursement per teacher shall be increased |
23 |
| annually by a percentage increase equal to the percentage |
24 |
| increase, if any, in the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics' |
25 |
| Employment Cost Index for Elementary and Secondary Schools for |
26 |
| the then most recently completed calendar year. Children
to be |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 145 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| included in any reimbursement under this paragraph must |
2 |
| regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of instruction each |
3 |
| school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of 5 hours of |
4 |
| instruction in each school week in
order to qualify for full |
5 |
| reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending physician |
6 |
| for such a child has certified that the child should
not |
7 |
| receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, |
8 |
| however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that |
9 |
| child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of |
10 |
| instruction per week for
that child divided by 5.
|
11 |
| (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 4/5 of the |
12 |
| cost of
transportation for each such child, whom the State |
13 |
| Superintendent of
Education determined in advance requires |
14 |
| special transportation service
in order to take advantage of |
15 |
| special educational facilities.
Transportation costs shall be |
16 |
| determined in the same fashion as provided
in Section 29-5. For |
17 |
| purposes of this subsection (b), the dates for
processing |
18 |
| claims specified in Section 29-5 shall apply.
|
19 |
| (c) For each professional worker excluding those included |
20 |
| in
subparagraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section, the |
21 |
| annual sum of
$8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the |
22 |
| 2005-2006 school year , and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 school year |
23 |
| through the 2008-2009 school year, $11,839 for the 2009-2010 |
24 |
| school year, $12,786 for the 2010-2011 school year, $14,679 for |
25 |
| the 2011-2012 school year, and $20,358 for the 2012-2013 school |
26 |
| year. Thereafter, the reimbursement per professional worker |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 146 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall be increased annually by a percentage increase equal to |
2 |
| the percentage increase, if any, in the U.S. Bureau of Labor |
3 |
| Statistics' Employment Cost Index for Elementary and Secondary |
4 |
| Schools for the then most recently completed calendar year and |
5 |
| for each school year thereafter .
|
6 |
| (d) For one full time qualified director of the special |
7 |
| education
program of each school district which maintains a |
8 |
| fully approved program
of special education the annual sum of |
9 |
| $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school
year through the 2005-2006 |
10 |
| school year , and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 through the 2008-2009 |
11 |
| school year, $11,839 for the 2009-2010 school year, $12,786 for |
12 |
| the 2010-2011 school year, $14,679 for the 2011-2012 school |
13 |
| year, and $20,358 for the 2012-2013 school year. Thereafter, |
14 |
| the reimbursement for the director shall be increased annually |
15 |
| by a percentage increase equal to the percentage increase, if |
16 |
| any, in the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics' Employment Cost |
17 |
| Index for Elementary and Secondary Schools for the then most |
18 |
| recently completed calendar year. school year and for each |
19 |
| school year thereafter . Districts participating in a joint |
20 |
| agreement special
education program shall not receive such |
21 |
| reimbursement if reimbursement is made
for a director of the |
22 |
| joint agreement program.
|
23 |
| (e) For each school psychologist as defined in Section |
24 |
| 14-1.09 the
annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year |
25 |
| through the 2005-2006 school year , and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 |
26 |
| school year through the 2008-2009 school year, $11,839 for the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 147 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 2009-2010 school year, $12,786 for the 2010-2011 school year, |
2 |
| $14,679 for the 2011-2012 school year, and $20,358 for the |
3 |
| 2012-2013 school year. Thereafter, the reimbursement per |
4 |
| school psychologist shall be increased annually by a percentage |
5 |
| increase equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the U.S. |
6 |
| Bureau of Labor Statistics' Employment Cost Index for |
7 |
| Elementary and Secondary Schools for the then most recently |
8 |
| completed calendar year and for each school year thereafter .
|
9 |
| (f) For each qualified teacher working in a fully approved |
10 |
| program
for children of preschool age who are deaf or |
11 |
| hard-of-hearing the annual
sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 |
12 |
| school year through the 2005-2006 school year , and $9,000 for |
13 |
| the 2006-2007 school year through the 2008-2009 school year, |
14 |
| $11,839 for the 2009-2010 school year, $12,786 for the |
15 |
| 2010-2011 school year, $14,679 for the 2011-2012 school year, |
16 |
| and $20,358 for the 2012-2013 school year. Thereafter, the |
17 |
| reimbursement per teacher shall be increased annually by a |
18 |
| percentage increase equal to the percentage increase, if any, |
19 |
| in the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics' Employment Cost Index |
20 |
| for Elementary and Secondary Schools for the then most recently |
21 |
| completed calendar year and for each school year thereafter .
|
22 |
| (g) For readers, working with blind or partially seeing |
23 |
| children 1/2
of their salary but not more than $400 annually |
24 |
| per child. Readers may
be employed to assist such children and |
25 |
| shall not be required to be
certified but prior to employment |
26 |
| shall meet standards set up by the
State Board of Education.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 148 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (h) For necessary non-certified employees working in any |
2 |
| class or
program for children defined in this Article, 1/2 of |
3 |
| the salary paid or
$2,800 annually per employee through the |
4 |
| 2005-2006 school year , and $3,500 per employee for the |
5 |
| 2006-2007 school year through the 2008-2009 school year, $4,406 |
6 |
| per employee for the 2019-2010 school year, $4,708 per employee |
7 |
| for the 2010-2011 school year, $5,313 per employee for the |
8 |
| 2011-2012 school year, and $7,126 per employee for the |
9 |
| 2012-2013 school year and for each school year thereafter , |
10 |
| whichever is less. Thereafter, the reimbursement per employee |
11 |
| shall be increased annually by a percentage increase equal to |
12 |
| the percentage increase, if any, in the U.S. Bureau of Labor |
13 |
| Statistics' Employment Cost Index for Elementary and Secondary |
14 |
| Schools for the then most recently completed calendar year.
|
15 |
| The State Board of Education shall set standards and |
16 |
| prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of |
17 |
| reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis |
18 |
| and for less than a school year.
|
19 |
| When any school district eligible for reimbursement under |
20 |
| this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
|
21 |
| Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of |
22 |
| the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, |
23 |
| such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or |
24 |
| rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in |
25 |
| excess of 180 days per
calendar year.
|
26 |
| Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 149 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
2 |
| Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may classify |
3 |
| all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a particular |
4 |
| fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
|
5 |
| 18-8.05 of this Code as
funds received in connection with any |
6 |
| funding program for which it is
entitled to receive funds from |
7 |
| the State in that fiscal year (including,
without limitation, |
8 |
| any funding program referenced in this Section),
regardless of |
9 |
| the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
|
10 |
| classify more funds as funds received in connection with the |
11 |
| funding
program than the district is entitled to receive in |
12 |
| that fiscal year for that
program. Any
classification by a |
13 |
| district must be made by a resolution of its board of
|
14 |
| education. The resolution must identify the amount of any |
15 |
| payments or
general State aid to be classified under this |
16 |
| paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which the |
17 |
| funds are to be treated as received in
connection therewith. |
18 |
| This resolution is controlling as to the
classification of |
19 |
| funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the
resolution |
20 |
| must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education.
The |
21 |
| resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the |
22 |
| resolution has
not been sent to the State
Superintendent of |
23 |
| Education in a timely manner.
No
classification under this |
24 |
| paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount
or timing |
25 |
| of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
|
26 |
| No classification under this paragraph by a district shall
in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 150 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| any way relieve the district from or affect any
requirements |
2 |
| that otherwise would apply with respect to
that funding |
3 |
| program, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting |
4 |
| expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting |
5 |
| requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
|
6 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-415, eff. 8-24-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08.)
|
7 |
| (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11c new)
|
8 |
| Sec. 17-2.11c. Non-referendum bonds. Upon the |
9 |
| certification of an architect and subsequent approval by the |
10 |
| regional superintendent of schools and the State Board of |
11 |
| Education, a board of education governing a school district |
12 |
| having not more than 500,000 inhabitants may issue |
13 |
| non-referendum bonds for the purposes described in Section 19-3 |
14 |
| of this Code. Such bonds may be issued in excess of any |
15 |
| statutory limitation as to debt prescribed in Article 19 of |
16 |
| this Code.
|
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
18 |
| Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
19 |
| financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
20 |
| schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
21 |
| (A) General Provisions.
|
22 |
| (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
23 |
| and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 151 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
2 |
| assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
3 |
| required local resources, the financial support provided each |
4 |
| pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
5 |
| prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
6 |
| imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
7 |
| provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
8 |
| general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
9 |
| Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
10 |
| of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
11 |
| in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
12 |
| Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
13 |
| district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
14 |
| this
Section.
|
15 |
| (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
16 |
| districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
17 |
| from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
18 |
| general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
19 |
| subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
20 |
| school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
21 |
| distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
22 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
23 |
| appropriated under this Section.
|
24 |
| (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
25 |
| school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
26 |
| Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements:
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 152 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
2 |
| school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
3 |
| maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
4 |
| such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
5 |
| case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
6 |
| a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
7 |
| the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
8 |
| proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
9 |
| attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
10 |
| Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
11 |
| means any
public school which meets the standards as |
12 |
| established for recognition
by the State Board of |
13 |
| Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
14 |
| having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
15 |
| entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
16 |
| claim which was filed while
it was recognized.
|
17 |
| (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
18 |
| subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise |
19 |
| provided in this
Section.
|
20 |
| (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
21 |
| under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
22 |
| district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
23 |
| Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
24 |
| applicable.
|
25 |
| (d) (Blank).
|
26 |
| (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 153 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
2 |
| in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
3 |
| for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law.
|
4 |
| School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
5 |
| Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
6 |
| this Section.
|
7 |
| (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
8 |
| capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein:
|
9 |
| (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
10 |
| attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
11 |
| subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
12 |
| support levels.
|
13 |
| (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
14 |
| local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
15 |
| Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
16 |
| subsection (D).
|
17 |
| (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
18 |
| Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
19 |
| relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
20 |
| tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
21 |
| amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
22 |
| connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
23 |
| amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
|
24 |
| (c-5) "ECI" means the Employment Cost Index as |
25 |
| published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
|
26 |
| (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 154 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| financial support
as provided for in subsection (B).
|
2 |
| (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
3 |
| taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
4 |
| Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
5 |
| Education
Building purposes.
|
6 |
| (B) Foundation Level.
|
7 |
| (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
8 |
| State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
9 |
| support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
10 |
| education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
11 |
| forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
12 |
| a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
13 |
| the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
14 |
| district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
15 |
| available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
16 |
| district.
|
17 |
| (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
18 |
| support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
19 |
| Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
20 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
21 |
| 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
22 |
| Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
23 |
| Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
24 |
| year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the |
25 |
| 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 155 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of |
2 |
| support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the |
3 |
| Foundation Level of support is $5,734.
|
4 |
| (3) For the 2008-2009 school year and each school year |
5 |
| through the 2009-2010 school year thereafter ,
the Foundation |
6 |
| Level of support is $5,959 or such greater amount as
may be |
7 |
| established by law by the General Assembly .
|
8 |
| (4) It is the intention of the 96th General Assembly that |
9 |
| the Foundation Level of support be increased to the Education |
10 |
| Funding Advisory Board's recommendation for the 2006-2007 |
11 |
| school year and be inflation adjusted to the 2013-2014 school |
12 |
| year, which would create a Foundation Level of $8,410, and that |
13 |
| this Foundation Level of support be reached over a 4-year, |
14 |
| phase-in period to allow for thoughtful planning by school |
15 |
| districts on the utilization of this funding to best enhance |
16 |
| education. |
17 |
| For (i) school year 2010-2011, the Foundation Level of |
18 |
| support is $6,540; (ii) school year 2011-2012, the Foundation |
19 |
| Level of support is $7,141; (iii) school year 2012-2013, the |
20 |
| Foundation Level of support is $7,764; and (iv) school year |
21 |
| 2013-2014, the Foundation Level of support is $8,410. For each |
22 |
| school year thereafter, the Foundation Level of support shall |
23 |
| be equal to the Foundation Level of support for the immediately |
24 |
| preceding completed school year, increased by the percentage |
25 |
| increase, if any, in the ECI published for the then most |
26 |
| recently completed calendar year or such greater amount as may |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 156 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| be established by law by the General Assembly.
|
2 |
| (C) Average Daily Attendance.
|
3 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
4 |
| to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
5 |
| utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
6 |
| calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
7 |
| number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
8 |
| further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
9 |
| each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
10 |
| of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
11 |
| of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
12 |
| conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
13 |
| (F).
|
14 |
| (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
15 |
| subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
16 |
| school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
17 |
| general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
18 |
| attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
19 |
| greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
20 |
| subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
21 |
| school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
22 |
| general
State aid is being calculated.
|
23 |
| (D) Available Local Resources.
|
24 |
| (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 157 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
2 |
| Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
3 |
| this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
4 |
| per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
5 |
| local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
6 |
| from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
7 |
| on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
8 |
| of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
9 |
| funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.
|
10 |
| (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
11 |
| property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
12 |
| equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
13 |
| school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
14 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
15 |
| determined as provided in subsection (G).
|
16 |
| (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
17 |
| through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
18 |
| calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
19 |
| valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
20 |
| the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
21 |
| districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
22 |
| property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
23 |
| product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
24 |
| district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
25 |
| Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
26 |
| maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 158 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
2 |
| of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
3 |
| district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure.
|
4 |
| For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
5 |
| Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil |
6 |
| shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed |
7 |
| valuation for property within the partial elementary unit |
8 |
| district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of |
9 |
| this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's |
10 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the |
11 |
| equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial |
12 |
| elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined |
13 |
| in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by |
14 |
| the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
|
15 |
| (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
16 |
| to each school
district during the calendar year 2 years before |
17 |
| the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided by the |
18 |
| Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall be |
19 |
| added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
derived |
20 |
| by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). |
21 |
| The sum
of these per pupil figures for each school district |
22 |
| shall constitute Available
Local Resources as that term is |
23 |
| utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of general State |
24 |
| aid.
|
25 |
| (E) Computation of General State Aid.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 159 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
2 |
| allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
3 |
| Board of Education as provided
in this subsection.
|
4 |
| (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
5 |
| Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
6 |
| Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
7 |
| calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
8 |
| Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
9 |
| Attendance of the school district.
|
10 |
| (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
11 |
| Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
12 |
| 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
13 |
| 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
14 |
| pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
15 |
| derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
16 |
| the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
17 |
| direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
18 |
| a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
19 |
| product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
20 |
| Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
21 |
| Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
22 |
| Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
23 |
| subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
24 |
| State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
25 |
| Attendance of the school
district.
|
26 |
| (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 160 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
2 |
| the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
3 |
| district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
4 |
| by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district.
|
5 |
| (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
6 |
| district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
7 |
| set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
8 |
| by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
9 |
| been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
10 |
| utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
11 |
| Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
12 |
| the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
13 |
| This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
14 |
| affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
15 |
| (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
|
16 |
| (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
17 |
| submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
18 |
| the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
19 |
| year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
20 |
| information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
21 |
| attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
22 |
| with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
23 |
| year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
24 |
| provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
25 |
| (1).
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 161 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
2 |
| days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
3 |
| September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
4 |
| to the month of May.
|
5 |
| (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
6 |
| classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
7 |
| added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
8 |
| in June shall be added to
the month of May.
|
9 |
| (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
10 |
| hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
11 |
| days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
12 |
| September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
13 |
| to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
14 |
| year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
15 |
| subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
16 |
| Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
17 |
| daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
18 |
| multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
19 |
| buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
20 |
| attendance of the
non-year-round buildings.
|
21 |
| Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
22 |
| attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
23 |
| less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
24 |
| supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
25 |
| volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
26 |
| supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 162 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
2 |
| of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
3 |
| 12.
|
4 |
| Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
5 |
| only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
6 |
| school.
|
7 |
| (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
8 |
| of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
9 |
| compilation of Average
Daily Attendance.
|
10 |
| (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
11 |
| only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
12 |
| of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
13 |
| minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
14 |
| unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
15 |
| minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
16 |
| be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
17 |
| school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
18 |
| minutes that school work is required to be held that day.
|
19 |
| (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
20 |
| on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
21 |
| first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
22 |
| utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop.
|
23 |
| (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
24 |
| as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
25 |
| superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
26 |
| of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 163 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| forced to use daily multiple sessions.
|
2 |
| (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
3 |
| as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
4 |
| day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
5 |
| utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
6 |
| up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year of which a |
7 |
| maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
|
8 |
| parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts |
9 |
| an in-service
training program for teachers which has been |
10 |
| approved by the State
Superintendent of Education; or, in |
11 |
| lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in which |
12 |
| event each such day
may be counted as a day of attendance; |
13 |
| and (2) when days in
addition to
those provided in item (1) |
14 |
| are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school
|
15 |
| improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or |
16 |
| amended school
improvement plan adopted under Article 2, |
17 |
| provided that (i) such sessions of
3 or more clock hours |
18 |
| are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the
|
19 |
| remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur |
20 |
| are utilized
for in-service training programs or other |
21 |
| staff development activities for
teachers, and (iii) a |
22 |
| sufficient number of minutes of school work under the
|
23 |
| direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days |
24 |
| between such
regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate |
25 |
| not less than the number of minutes
by which such sessions |
26 |
| of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours.
Any |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 164 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not |
2 |
| be considered
for
computing average daily attendance. Days |
3 |
| scheduled for in-service training
programs, staff |
4 |
| development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may |
5 |
| be
scheduled separately for different
grade levels and |
6 |
| different attendance centers of the district.
|
7 |
| (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
8 |
| teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
9 |
| telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
10 |
| attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
11 |
| clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
12 |
| attendance.
|
13 |
| (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
14 |
| as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
15 |
| in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
16 |
| may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
17 |
| kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
|
18 |
| (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
19 |
| age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
20 |
| because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
21 |
| less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
22 |
| attendance; however for such children whose educational |
23 |
| needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
24 |
| counted as a full day of attendance.
|
25 |
| (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
26 |
| 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 165 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
2 |
| kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
3 |
| consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
4 |
| kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
5 |
| pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
6 |
| school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
7 |
| writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
8 |
| Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
9 |
| attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
10 |
| attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
11 |
| attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
12 |
| case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
13 |
| fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
14 |
| year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
15 |
| regulations of the State Board of Education.
|
16 |
| (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
17 |
| Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of |
18 |
| Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a |
19 |
| pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate |
20 |
| required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours |
21 |
| and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil |
22 |
| attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
23 |
| provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
24 |
| in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other |
25 |
| school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on |
26 |
| the examination days.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 166 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
|
2 |
| (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
3 |
| Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
4 |
| of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
5 |
| value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
6 |
| all taxable property of every school district, together with |
7 |
| (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
8 |
| funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
9 |
| and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
10 |
| property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
11 |
| Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
12 |
| The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
13 |
| assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
14 |
| situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
15 |
| subject to the
provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the |
16 |
| Property Tax Code (a)
an amount equal to the total amount by |
17 |
| which the
homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or |
18 |
| 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for
real
property situated in |
19 |
| that school district exceeds the total amount that would
have |
20 |
| been
allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction |
21 |
| under Section 15-176
was
(i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in |
22 |
| all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all |
23 |
| counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount |
24 |
| equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all |
25 |
| additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 167 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The |
2 |
| county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the |
3 |
| provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
4 |
| shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
5 |
| Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
6 |
| amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
7 |
| and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 |
8 |
| of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of |
9 |
| $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the |
10 |
| general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is |
11 |
| determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax |
12 |
| Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of |
13 |
| Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
14 |
| difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead |
15 |
| exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section |
16 |
| 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that |
17 |
| would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for |
18 |
| that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of |
19 |
| the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this |
20 |
| paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under |
21 |
| Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a |
22 |
| household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of |
23 |
| Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
24 |
| difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.
|
25 |
| This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
26 |
| the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 168 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| calculation of Available Local
Resources.
|
2 |
| (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
3 |
| be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner:
|
4 |
| (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
5 |
| this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
6 |
| within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
7 |
| municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
8 |
| financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
9 |
| Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
10 |
| of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
11 |
| Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
12 |
| Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
13 |
| assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
14 |
| project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
15 |
| total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
16 |
| property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
17 |
| valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
18 |
| redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
19 |
| Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
20 |
| Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
21 |
| Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
22 |
| equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
23 |
| initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
24 |
| equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
25 |
| used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
26 |
| have been paid.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 169 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
2 |
| a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
3 |
| real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
4 |
| Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
5 |
| by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
6 |
| Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
7 |
| district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
8 |
| 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
9 |
| through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
10 |
| through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
11 |
| the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
12 |
| of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
13 |
| percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
14 |
| subparagraph (b).
|
15 |
| (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
16 |
| thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
17 |
| this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
18 |
| Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
19 |
| district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
20 |
| as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3).
|
21 |
| For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
22 |
| shall have
the following meanings:
|
23 |
| "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
24 |
| aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E).
|
25 |
| "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
26 |
| calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 170 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
2 |
| immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year.
|
3 |
| "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
4 |
| equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
5 |
| in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
6 |
| calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
7 |
| Tax
Extension Limitation Law.
|
8 |
| "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
9 |
| the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
10 |
| Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
11 |
| Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
|
12 |
| "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
13 |
| certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
14 |
| the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
15 |
| the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
|
16 |
| "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
17 |
| in subsection (A).
|
18 |
| If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
19 |
| limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
20 |
| Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
21 |
| the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
22 |
| district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
23 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
24 |
| calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
25 |
| the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
26 |
| and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. For the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 171 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
the |
2 |
| Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school |
3 |
| district as
calculated by the State Board of Education shall be |
4 |
| equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed Valuation last |
5 |
| used in the calculation of general State
aid and the
district's |
6 |
| Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation
|
7 |
| Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated |
8 |
| under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's |
9 |
| equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant to |
10 |
| subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
calculating |
11 |
| the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant |
12 |
| to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation Equalized |
13 |
| Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
14 |
| district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D).
|
15 |
| Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance |
16 |
| with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the |
17 |
| adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year |
18 |
| following the effective date of the reorganization.
|
19 |
| (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
20 |
| the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
21 |
| experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
22 |
| valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
23 |
| apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
24 |
| Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
25 |
| Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
26 |
| district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 172 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
2 |
| calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
3 |
| the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
4 |
| Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
5 |
| as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
6 |
| district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
7 |
| calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
8 |
| allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
9 |
| general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
10 |
| that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
11 |
| be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
12 |
| Resources.
|
13 |
| (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
14 |
| equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
15 |
| Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
16 |
| aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
17 |
| year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
18 |
| this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
19 |
| allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
20 |
| these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
21 |
| for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
22 |
| difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
23 |
| this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
24 |
| be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
25 |
| (H) Supplemental General State Aid.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 173 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
2 |
| is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
3 |
| districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
4 |
| district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
5 |
| general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
6 |
| children
from low-income households within the school |
7 |
| district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
8 |
| districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
9 |
| distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
10 |
| in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
11 |
| appropriated under this Section.
If the appropriation in any |
12 |
| fiscal year for general State aid and
supplemental general |
13 |
| State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required
under the |
14 |
| general State aid and supplemental general State aid |
15 |
| calculations,
then the
State Board of Education shall ensure |
16 |
| that
each school district receives the full amount due for |
17 |
| general State aid
and the remainder of the appropriation shall |
18 |
| be used
for supplemental general State aid, which the State |
19 |
| Board of Education shall
calculate and pay to eligible |
20 |
| districts on a prorated basis.
|
21 |
| (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
22 |
| years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
23 |
| subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
24 |
| shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
25 |
| recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
26 |
| Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 174 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
2 |
| the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
3 |
| with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
4 |
| percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
5 |
| of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
6 |
| are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
7 |
| school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
8 |
| school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
9 |
| high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
10 |
| recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
11 |
| and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
12 |
| eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
13 |
| districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
14 |
| censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
15 |
| pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
16 |
| used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
17 |
| district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
18 |
| to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
19 |
| supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
20 |
| preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
21 |
| year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
22 |
| fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
23 |
| subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
24 |
| repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
25 |
| affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
26 |
| its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 175 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
2 |
| affected by any other funding.
|
3 |
| (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
4 |
| school year
and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
5 |
| this subsection (H), the
term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
6 |
| shall, for each fiscal year, be the
low-income eligible
pupil |
7 |
| count
as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year
(as |
8 |
| determined by the Department of Human Services based
on the |
9 |
| number of pupils
who are eligible for at least one of the |
10 |
| following
low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food |
11 |
| Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided |
12 |
| by the Department
of Children and Family Services,
averaged |
13 |
| over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year |
14 |
| 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding fiscal years for each |
15 |
| fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the Average Daily Attendance |
16 |
| of the school district.
|
17 |
| (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
18 |
| subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
19 |
| 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only:
|
20 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
21 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
22 |
| grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
23 |
| low income eligible pupil count.
|
24 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
25 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
26 |
| grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 176 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
2 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
3 |
| Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
4 |
| grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
5 |
| multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
|
6 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
7 |
| Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
8 |
| 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
9 |
| income eligible pupil count.
|
10 |
| (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
11 |
| specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
12 |
| above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
13 |
| respectively.
|
14 |
| (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
15 |
| amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
16 |
| immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
17 |
| respectively.
|
18 |
| (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
19 |
| subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
20 |
| school year:
|
21 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
22 |
| Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
23 |
| school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
24 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
25 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
26 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 177 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
2 |
| low income eligible pupil
count.
|
3 |
| (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
4 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
5 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
6 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
7 |
| (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
8 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
9 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
10 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
11 |
| (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
12 |
| Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
13 |
| grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
14 |
| the low income eligible pupil
count.
|
15 |
| (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
16 |
| Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
17 |
| school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
18 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
19 |
| (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
20 |
| State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
21 |
| follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
22 |
| thereafter:
|
23 |
| (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
24 |
| Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
25 |
| school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
26 |
| eligible pupil count.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 178 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
2 |
| Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
3 |
| school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
4 |
| and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
5 |
| multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count.
|
6 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year |
7 |
| thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant |
8 |
| shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. |
9 |
| For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less |
10 |
| than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
11 |
| 0.66. For the 2010-2011
school year only, the grant shall be no |
12 |
| less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
13 |
| 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
14 |
| contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid |
15 |
| grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this |
16 |
| subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be |
17 |
| prorated.
|
18 |
| For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
19 |
| greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
20 |
| year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
21 |
| between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
22 |
| of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
23 |
| grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
24 |
| 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
25 |
| the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
26 |
| the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 179 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
2 |
| paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
3 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
4 |
| school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
5 |
| received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
6 |
| of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
7 |
| calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
8 |
| (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
9 |
| the 2002-2003
school year.
|
10 |
| (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
11 |
| more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
12 |
| supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
13 |
| shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
14 |
| October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
15 |
| this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
16 |
| improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
17 |
| meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
18 |
| plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
19 |
| regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
|
20 |
| (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
21 |
| 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
22 |
| pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
23 |
| from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
24 |
| $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:
|
25 |
| (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
26 |
| attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 180 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
2 |
| eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
3 |
| breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
4 |
| and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
5 |
| immediately preceding school year.
|
6 |
| (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
7 |
| and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
8 |
| these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
9 |
| contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
10 |
| appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
11 |
| Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
12 |
| in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
13 |
| to the opening of school.
|
14 |
| (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
15 |
| school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
16 |
| other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
17 |
| entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
18 |
| supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
19 |
| this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
20 |
| noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
21 |
| by the school
district to the attendance centers.
|
22 |
| (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
23 |
| by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
24 |
| required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
25 |
| may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
26 |
| for any lawful school purpose.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 181 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
2 |
| this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
3 |
| the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
4 |
| for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
5 |
| qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
6 |
| services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
7 |
| improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
8 |
| programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
9 |
| other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
10 |
| supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
11 |
| the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
12 |
| expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
13 |
| by board rule.
|
14 |
| (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
15 |
| subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
16 |
| the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
17 |
| compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
18 |
| State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
19 |
| This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
20 |
| school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
21 |
| developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
22 |
| State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
23 |
| after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
24 |
| shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
25 |
| within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
26 |
| submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 182 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
2 |
| approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
3 |
| Board of Education.
|
4 |
| Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
5 |
| the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
6 |
| modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
7 |
| State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
8 |
| shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
9 |
| plan or modified plan is submitted.
|
10 |
| If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
11 |
| attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
12 |
| plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
13 |
| addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
14 |
| subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
15 |
| underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
16 |
| such underfunding.
|
17 |
| For purposes of determining compliance with this |
18 |
| subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
19 |
| center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
20 |
| this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
21 |
| December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
22 |
| the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
23 |
| current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
24 |
| failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
25 |
| subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
26 |
| State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 183 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
2 |
| local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
3 |
| receipt of that notification inform the State |
4 |
| Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
5 |
| action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
6 |
| plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
7 |
| following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
8 |
| or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
9 |
| timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
10 |
| funds.
|
11 |
| The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
12 |
| regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
13 |
| subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
14 |
| subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
15 |
| plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
16 |
| Education.
|
17 |
| (I) (Blank).
|
18 |
| (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.
|
19 |
| (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
20 |
| the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
21 |
| with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
22 |
| which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
23 |
| the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
24 |
| was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 184 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
2 |
| Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
3 |
| provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
4 |
| school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
5 |
| made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
6 |
| general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
7 |
| State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
8 |
| receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
9 |
| of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
10 |
| received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
11 |
| amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
12 |
| Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
13 |
| provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect.
|
14 |
| (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
15 |
| (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
16 |
| aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
17 |
| this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
18 |
| school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
19 |
| amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
20 |
| district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
21 |
| district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
22 |
| for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
23 |
| that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
24 |
| State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1).
|
25 |
| (3) (Blank).
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 185 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
|
2 |
| In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
3 |
| of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
4 |
| this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
5 |
| regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
6 |
| Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
7 |
| it
deems necessary.
|
8 |
| As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
9 |
| school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
10 |
| approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
11 |
| of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
12 |
| Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
13 |
| students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
14 |
| district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
15 |
| students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
16 |
| board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
17 |
| which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
18 |
| not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
19 |
| disabilities in a special education program.
|
20 |
| As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
21 |
| public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
22 |
| Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
23 |
| Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
24 |
| instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
25 |
| programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
26 |
| equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 186 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
2 |
| with a school district or a public community college district |
3 |
| to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
4 |
| more than one educational
service region may be established by |
5 |
| the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
6 |
| educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
7 |
| more than one educational service region may be operated under |
8 |
| such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
9 |
| educational service
regions may agree.
|
10 |
| Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
11 |
| provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
12 |
| State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
13 |
| the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
14 |
| Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
15 |
| State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
16 |
| applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
17 |
| determined under
this Section.
|
18 |
| (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.
|
19 |
| (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
20 |
| supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
21 |
| general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
22 |
| Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
23 |
| reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
24 |
| the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
25 |
| of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 187 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
2 |
| operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
3 |
| remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
4 |
| shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
5 |
| provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
6 |
| Article.
|
7 |
| (2) (Blank).
|
8 |
| (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
9 |
| provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
10 |
| (M) Education Funding Advisory Board.
|
11 |
| The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
12 |
| subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
13 |
| The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
14 |
| Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
15 |
| members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
16 |
| business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
17 |
| appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
18 |
| appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
19 |
| initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
20 |
| the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
21 |
| term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
22 |
| third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
23 |
| member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
24 |
| initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
25 |
| is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 188 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
2 |
| the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
3 |
| by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
4 |
| after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
5 |
| number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
6 |
| respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
7 |
| January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
8 |
| commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
9 |
| expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
10 |
| appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
11 |
| respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
12 |
| shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
13 |
| a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
14 |
| in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
15 |
| until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
16 |
| appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
17 |
| person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
18 |
| Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
19 |
| made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
20 |
| vacancies.
|
21 |
| The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
22 |
| established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
23 |
| to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
24 |
| that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
25 |
| initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
26 |
| then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 189 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
2 |
| Governor as in the case of vacancies.
|
3 |
| The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
4 |
| assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
5 |
| reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
6 |
| its responsibilities.
|
7 |
| For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
8 |
| Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
9 |
| State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
10 |
| provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
11 |
| foundation level under subsection (B) subdivision (B)(3) of |
12 |
| this Section and
for the
supplemental general State aid grant |
13 |
| level under subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with |
14 |
| high concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
15 |
| foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
16 |
| which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
17 |
| low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
18 |
| Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
19 |
| recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
20 |
| numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
21 |
| (N) (Blank).
|
22 |
| (O) References.
|
23 |
| (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
24 |
| Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 190 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
2 |
| the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
3 |
| extent that those references remain applicable.
|
4 |
| (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
5 |
| be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
6 |
| provided under subsection (H) of
this Section.
|
7 |
| (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
8 |
| changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
9 |
| Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
10 |
| 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
11 |
| acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
12 |
| the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 94-69, eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, |
14 |
| eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06; 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07; |
15 |
| 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-644, eff. 10-12-07; 95-707, eff. |
16 |
| 1-11-08; 95-744, eff. 7-18-08; 95-903, eff. 8-25-08; revised |
17 |
| 9-5-08.)
|
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/19-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 19-3)
|
19 |
| Sec. 19-3. Boards of education. Any school district |
20 |
| governed by a board of
education and having a population of not |
21 |
| more than 500,000 inhabitants, and
not governed by a special |
22 |
| Act may borrow money for the purpose of building,
equipping, |
23 |
| altering or repairing school buildings or purchasing or |
24 |
| improving
school sites, or acquiring and equipping |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 191 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| playgrounds, recreation grounds,
athletic fields, and other |
2 |
| buildings or land used or useful for school purposes
or for the |
3 |
| purpose of purchasing a site, with or without a building or
|
4 |
| buildings thereon, or for the building of a house or houses on |
5 |
| such site,
or for the building of a house or houses on the |
6 |
| school site of the school
district, for residential purposes of |
7 |
| the superintendent, principal, or
teachers of the school |
8 |
| district, and issue its negotiable coupon bonds therefor
signed |
9 |
| by the president and secretary of the board, in denominations |
10 |
| of not
less than $100 nor more than $5,000, payable at such |
11 |
| place and at such time or
times, not exceeding 20 years from |
12 |
| date of issuance, as the board of education
may prescribe, and |
13 |
| bearing interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
|
14 |
| authorized by the Bond Authorization Act, as amended at the |
15 |
| time of the making
of the contract, payable annually, |
16 |
| semiannually or quarterly, but , with the exception of those |
17 |
| bonds described in Section 17-2.11c of this Code, no such bonds
|
18 |
| shall be issued unless the proposition to issue them is |
19 |
| submitted to the voters
of the district at a referendum held at |
20 |
| a regularly scheduled election after
the board has certified |
21 |
| the proposition to the proper election authorities in
|
22 |
| accordance with the general election law, a majority of all the |
23 |
| votes cast on
the proposition is in favor of the proposition, |
24 |
| and notice of such bond
referendum has been
given either (i) in |
25 |
| accordance with the second paragraph of Section 12-1 of the
|
26 |
| Election Code irrespective of whether such notice included any |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 192 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| reference to the
public question as it appeared on the ballot, |
2 |
| or (ii) for an election held on
or after November 1, 1998, in |
3 |
| accordance with Section 12-5 of the Election
Code, or (iii) by |
4 |
| publication of a true and legible copy of the specimen ballot
|
5 |
| label containing the proposition in the form in which it |
6 |
| appeared or will
appear on the official ballot label on the day |
7 |
| of the election at least 5 days
before the day of the election |
8 |
| in at least one newspaper published in and
having a general |
9 |
| circulation in the district,
irrespective of any other |
10 |
| requirements of Article 12 or Section 24A-18 of
the Election |
11 |
| Code, nor shall any residential site be acquired unless such
|
12 |
| proposition to acquire a site is submitted to the voters of the |
13 |
| district at a
referendum held at a regularly scheduled election |
14 |
| after the board has certified
the proposition to the proper |
15 |
| election authorities in accordance with the
general election |
16 |
| law and a majority of all the votes cast on the proposition is
|
17 |
| in favor of the proposition. Nothing in this Act or in any |
18 |
| other law shall be
construed to require the notice of the bond |
19 |
| referendum to be published over the
name or title of the |
20 |
| election authority or the listing of maturity dates of
any |
21 |
| bonds either in the notice of bond election or ballot used in |
22 |
| the bond
election.
The provisions of this Section concerning |
23 |
| notice of the bond referendum
apply only to (i) consolidated |
24 |
| primary elections held prior to January 1,
2002 and the |
25 |
| consolidated election held on April 17, 2007 at which not less |
26 |
| than 60%
of the voters voting on the bond proposition voted in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 193 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| favor of the bond
proposition, and (ii) other elections held |
2 |
| before July 1, 1999; otherwise, notices required
in connection |
3 |
| with the submission of public questions shall be as set forth |
4 |
| in
Section 12-5 of the Election Code.
Such proposition may be |
5 |
| initiated by resolution of the school board.
|
6 |
| With respect to instruments for the payment of money issued |
7 |
| under this
Section either before, on, or after the effective |
8 |
| date of this amendatory
Act of 1989, it is and always has been |
9 |
| the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that the Omnibus Bond |
10 |
| Acts are and always have been
supplementary grants of power to |
11 |
| issue instruments in accordance with the
Omnibus Bond Acts, |
12 |
| regardless of any provision of this Act that may appear
to be |
13 |
| or to have been more restrictive than those Acts, (ii) that the
|
14 |
| provisions of this Section are not a limitation on the |
15 |
| supplementary
authority granted by the Omnibus Bond Acts, and |
16 |
| (iii) that instruments
issued under this Section within the |
17 |
| supplementary authority granted
by the Omnibus Bond Acts are |
18 |
| not invalid because of any provision of
this Act that may |
19 |
| appear to be or to have been more restrictive than
those Acts.
|
20 |
| The proceeds of any bonds issued under authority of this |
21 |
| Section shall
be deposited and accounted for separately within |
22 |
| the Site and
Construction/Capital Improvements Fund.
|
23 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-30, eff. 8-7-07.)
|
24 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21-29)
|
25 |
| Sec. 21-29. Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 194 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Schools. |
2 |
| (a) The Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools |
3 |
| is established to provide categorical funding for monetary |
4 |
| incentives and bonuses for teachers and school administrators |
5 |
| who are employed by school districts in schools designated as |
6 |
| hard-to-staff by the State Board of Education. |
7 |
| For the purposes of this Section, "hard-to-staff school" |
8 |
| means a public school in this State that ranks in the upper |
9 |
| third among
public schools of its type (elementary, middle, or |
10 |
| secondary)
in terms of rate of attrition of its teachers and |
11 |
| where 40% of
its students are at or below the poverty line an |
12 |
| elementary, middle, or high school that is operated by a school |
13 |
| district and that ranks in the top 5% of schools in this State |
14 |
| in the average rate of teacher attrition over a 5-year period . |
15 |
| The State Board of Education shall allocate and distribute to |
16 |
| qualifying schools an amount as annually appropriated by the |
17 |
| General Assembly for the Salary Incentive Program for |
18 |
| Hard-to-Staff Schools. The State Board of Education's annual |
19 |
| budget must set out by separate line item the appropriation for |
20 |
| the program. Only teachers and principals who work full time |
21 |
| and for a full school year are eligible for the incentives and |
22 |
| bonuses. |
23 |
| (b) Unless otherwise provided by appropriation, each |
24 |
| school's annual allocation under the Salary Incentive Program |
25 |
| for Hard-to-Staff Schools shall be the sum of the following |
26 |
| incentives and bonuses: |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 195 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (1) An annual payment of $3,000 to be paid to each |
2 |
| certificated teacher employed as a school teacher by the |
3 |
| school district. The school shall distribute this payment |
4 |
| to each eligible teacher as a single payment or in not more |
5 |
| than 3 payments. |
6 |
| (2) An annual payment of $5,000 to each certificated |
7 |
| principal that is employed as a school principal by the |
8 |
| school district. The school shall distribute this payment |
9 |
| to each eligible principal as a single payment or in not |
10 |
| more than 3 payments. |
11 |
| If the appropriation in a given fiscal year is insufficient |
12 |
| to meet all needs under this Section, then claims under this |
13 |
| Section must be prorated proportionally. |
14 |
| (c) Each regional superintendent of schools shall provide |
15 |
| information about the Salary Incentive Program for |
16 |
| Hard-to-Staff Schools to each individual seeking to register or |
17 |
| renew a certificate.
|
18 |
| (d) The State Board of Education, the Teachers' Retirement |
19 |
| System of the State of Illinois, and the Public School |
20 |
| Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall work |
21 |
| together to validate data for the purposes of this Section as |
22 |
| necessary. |
23 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; 95-938, eff. 8-29-08.) |
24 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-3 new) |
25 |
| Sec. 21A-3. Goals. The New Teacher Induction and Mentoring |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 196 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Program under this Article shall accomplish the following |
2 |
| goals: |
3 |
| (1) provide an effective transition into the teaching |
4 |
| career for first year and second-year teachers in Illinois; |
5 |
| (2) improve the educational performance of pupils |
6 |
| through improved training, information, and assistance for |
7 |
| new teachers; |
8 |
| (3) ensure professional success and retention of new |
9 |
| teachers; |
10 |
| (4) ensure that mentors provide intensive |
11 |
| individualized support and assistance to each |
12 |
| participating beginning teacher; |
13 |
| (5) ensure that an individual induction plan is in |
14 |
| place for each beginning teacher and is based on an ongoing |
15 |
| assessment of the development of the beginning teacher; and |
16 |
| (6) ensure continuous program improvement through |
17 |
| ongoing research, development and evaluation.
|
18 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-5)
|
19 |
| Sec. 21A-5. Definitions. In this Article:
|
20 |
| "New teacher" or "beginning teacher" means the holder of an |
21 |
| Initial Teaching Certificate, as set
forth in Section 21-2 of |
22 |
| this Code , an Alternative Teaching Certificate, or a |
23 |
| Transitional Bilingual Teaching Certificate , who is employed |
24 |
| by a public school and who
has not previously participated in a |
25 |
| new teacher induction and mentoring
program required by this |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 197 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Article, except as provided in Section 21A-25 of this
Code.
|
2 |
| "Public school" means any school operating pursuant to the |
3 |
| authority of
this Code, including without limitation a school |
4 |
| district, a charter school, a
cooperative or joint agreement |
5 |
| with a governing body or board of control, and a
school |
6 |
| operated by a regional office of education or State agency.
|
7 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
8 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-10)
|
9 |
| Sec. 21A-10. Development of program required. Prior to the |
10 |
| 2011-2012 During the 2003-2004
school year, each public school |
11 |
| or 2 or more public schools acting jointly
shall develop, in |
12 |
| conjunction with its exclusive representative or their
|
13 |
| exclusive representatives, if any, a new teacher induction and |
14 |
| mentoring
program that meets the requirements set forth in |
15 |
| Section 21A-20 of this Code to
assist new teachers in |
16 |
| developing the skills and strategies necessary for
|
17 |
| instructional excellence , provided that funding is made |
18 |
| available by the State
Board of Education from an appropriation |
19 |
| made for this purpose. A public school
that has an existing |
20 |
| induction and mentoring program that does not meet the
|
21 |
| requirements set forth in Section 21A-20 of this Code may have |
22 |
| school years
2003-2004 and 2004-2005 to develop a program that |
23 |
| does meet those requirements
and may receive funding as |
24 |
| described in Section 21A-25 of this Code, provided
that the |
25 |
| funding is made available by the State Board of Education from |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 198 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| an
appropriation made for this purpose. A public school with |
2 |
| such an existing
induction and mentoring program may receive |
3 |
| funding for the 2005-2006 school
year for each new teacher in |
4 |
| the second year of a 2-year program that does not
meet the |
5 |
| requirements set forth in Section 21A-20, as long as the public |
6 |
| school
has established the required new program by the |
7 |
| beginning of that school year
as described in Section 21A-15 |
8 |
| and provided that funding is made available by
the State Board |
9 |
| of Education from an appropriation made for this purpose as
|
10 |
| described in Section 21A-25 .
|
11 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
12 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-15)
|
13 |
| Sec. 21A-15. When program is to be established and |
14 |
| implemented. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this |
15 |
| Code, by
the beginning of the
2011-2012 2004-2005 school year |
16 |
| (or by the beginning of the 2005-2006 school year for a
public |
17 |
| school that has been given an extension of time to develop a |
18 |
| program
under Section 21A-10 of this Code) , each
public school |
19 |
| or 2 or more public schools acting
jointly shall establish and |
20 |
| implement, in conjunction with its exclusive
representative or |
21 |
| their exclusive representatives, if any, the new teacher
|
22 |
| induction and mentoring program required to be developed under |
23 |
| Section 21A-10
of this Code , provided that
funding is made |
24 |
| available by the State Board of Education, from an
|
25 |
| appropriation made for this purpose, as described in Section |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 199 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 21A-25 of this
Code . A public school may contract with an |
2 |
| institution of higher education or
other independent party to |
3 |
| assist in implementing the program.
|
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-20)
|
6 |
| Sec. 21A-20. Program requirements. Each new teacher |
7 |
| induction and
mentoring program must be based on a plan that at |
8 |
| least does all of the
following:
|
9 |
| (1) Assigns a mentor teacher to each new teacher to |
10 |
| provide structured and intensive mentoring, as defined by |
11 |
| the State Board of Education, for a period of
at
least 2 |
12 |
| school years.
|
13 |
| (1.5) Ensures mentors are: |
14 |
| (A) carefully selected from experienced, exemplary |
15 |
| teachers using a clearly articulated, well-defined, |
16 |
| explicit criteria and open processes that may involve |
17 |
| key school partners; |
18 |
| (B) rigorously trained using best practices in the |
19 |
| field to ensure they are well prepared to assume their |
20 |
| responsibilities and are consistently supported in |
21 |
| their efforts to assist beginning teachers; |
22 |
| (C) provided with sufficient release time from |
23 |
| teaching to allow them to meet their responsibilities |
24 |
| as mentors, including regular contacts with their |
25 |
| beginning teachers and frequent observations of their |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 200 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| teaching practice; and |
2 |
| (D) equipped and selected to provide |
3 |
| classroom-focused and content-focused support whenever |
4 |
| possible.
|
5 |
| (2) Aligns with the Illinois Professional Teaching |
6 |
| Standards,
content area standards, and applicable local |
7 |
| school improvement and
professional development plans, if |
8 |
| any.
|
9 |
| (3) (Blank). Addresses all of the following elements |
10 |
| and how they will be
provided:
|
11 |
| (A) Mentoring and support of the new teacher.
|
12 |
| (B) Professional development specifically designed |
13 |
| to ensure
the growth of the new teacher's knowledge and |
14 |
| skills.
|
15 |
| (C) Formative assessment designed to ensure |
16 |
| feedback and
reflection, which must not be used in any |
17 |
| evaluation of the new
teacher.
|
18 |
| (4) Describes the role of mentor teachers, the criteria |
19 |
| and process
for their selection, and how they will be |
20 |
| trained, provided that each
mentor teacher shall |
21 |
| demonstrate the best practices in teaching his or
her |
22 |
| respective field of practice.
A mentor teacher may not |
23 |
| directly or indirectly participate in the
evaluation of a |
24 |
| new teacher pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or the
|
25 |
| evaluation procedure of the public school , unless the |
26 |
| school district and exclusive bargaining
representative of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 201 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| its teachers negotiate and agree to it as part of an
|
2 |
| alternative evaluation plan under Section 24A-5 or 24A-8
of |
3 |
| this Code .
|
4 |
| (5) Provides ongoing professional development for both |
5 |
| beginning teachers and mentors. |
6 |
| (A) Beginning teachers shall participate in an |
7 |
| ongoing, formal network of novice colleagues for the |
8 |
| purpose of professional learning, problem-solving, and |
9 |
| mutual support. These regular learning opportunities |
10 |
| shall begin with an orientation to the induction and |
11 |
| mentoring program prior to the start of the school year |
12 |
| and continue throughout the academic year. The group |
13 |
| shall address issues of pedagogy, classroom management |
14 |
| and content knowledge, beginning teachers' assessed |
15 |
| needs, and local instructional needs or priorities. |
16 |
| (B) Mentors shall participate in an ongoing |
17 |
| professional learning community that supports their |
18 |
| practice and their use of mentoring tools, protocols, |
19 |
| and formative assessment in order to tailor and deepen
|
20 |
| mentoring skills and advance induction practices, |
21 |
| support program implementation, provide for mentor |
22 |
| accountability in a supportive environment, and |
23 |
| provide support to each mentor's emerging leadership. |
24 |
| (6) Provides for ongoing assessment of beginning |
25 |
| teacher practice. Beginning teachers shall be subject to a |
26 |
| system of formative assessment in which the novice and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 202 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| mentor collaboratively collect and analyze multiple |
2 |
| sources of data and reflect upon classroom practice in an |
3 |
| ongoing process. This assessment system shall be based on |
4 |
| the Illinois Professional Teaching Standards (IPTS), the |
5 |
| IPTS Continuum of Teacher
Development, or a nationally |
6 |
| recognized teaching framework, as well as evidence of |
7 |
| teacher practice, including student work. The assessment |
8 |
| information shall be used to determine the scope, focus, |
9 |
| and content of professional development activities that |
10 |
| are the basis of the beginning teacher's individual |
11 |
| learning plan. The program shall provide time to ensure |
12 |
| that the quality of the process (such as observations, data
|
13 |
| collection, and reflective conversations) is not |
14 |
| compromised. |
15 |
| (7) Identifies clear roles and responsibilities for |
16 |
| both administrators and site mentor leaders who are to work |
17 |
| collectively to ensure induction practices are integrated |
18 |
| into existing professional development initiatives and to |
19 |
| secure assignments and establish working conditions for |
20 |
| beginning teachers that maximize their chances for |
21 |
| success. Administrators and site mentor leaders must have |
22 |
| sufficient knowledge and experience to understand the |
23 |
| needs of beginning teachers and the role of principals in |
24 |
| supporting each component of the
program. Site |
25 |
| administrators must take time to meet and communicate |
26 |
| concerns with beginning teachers and their mentors. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 203 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (8) Provides for ongoing evaluation of the New Teacher |
2 |
| Induction and Mentoring Program pursuant to Section 21A-30 |
3 |
| of this Code. |
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-25)
|
6 |
| Sec. 21A-25. Funding. From a separate appropriation made |
7 |
| for
the purposes of this Article, for each new teacher |
8 |
| participating in a new
teacher
induction and mentoring program
|
9 |
| that meets the requirements set forth in Section 21A-20 of this |
10 |
| Code or
in an existing program that is in the process of |
11 |
| transition to a program
that meets those requirements , the |
12 |
| State Board of Education shall pay the
public school $6,000 |
13 |
| $1,200 annually for each of 2 school years for the purpose of
|
14 |
| providing one or more of the following:
|
15 |
| (1) Mentor teacher compensation.
|
16 |
| (2) Mentor teacher training and other resources, or new |
17 |
| teacher training and other resources, or both.
|
18 |
| (3) Release time , including costs associated with |
19 |
| replacing a mentor teacher or new teacher in his or her |
20 |
| regular classroom .
|
21 |
| (4) Site-based program administration, not to exceed
|
22 |
| 10% of the total program cost. |
23 |
| However, if a new teacher, after participating in the new |
24 |
| teacher induction and
mentoring program for one school year, |
25 |
| becomes employed by another public
school, the State Board of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 204 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Education shall pay the teacher's new school $6,000 $1,200
for |
2 |
| the second school year and the teacher shall continue to be a |
3 |
| new teacher
as defined in this Article. Each public school |
4 |
| shall determine, in conjunction
with its exclusive |
5 |
| representative, if any, how the $6,000 $1,200 per school year |
6 |
| for
each new teacher shall be used, provided that if a mentor |
7 |
| teacher receives
additional release time to support a new |
8 |
| teacher, the total workload of other
teachers regularly |
9 |
| employed by the public school shall not increase in any
|
10 |
| substantial manner. If the appropriation is insufficient to |
11 |
| cover the $6,000 $1,200
per school year for each new teacher, |
12 |
| public schools are not required to
develop or implement the |
13 |
| program established by this Article. In the event of
an |
14 |
| insufficient appropriation, a public school or 2 or more |
15 |
| schools acting
jointly may submit an application for a grant |
16 |
| administered by the State Board
of Education and awarded on a |
17 |
| competitive basis to establish a new teacher
induction and |
18 |
| mentoring program that meets the criteria set forth in Section
|
19 |
| 21A-20 of this Code. The State Board of Education may retain up |
20 |
| to $1,000,000
of the appropriation for new teacher induction |
21 |
| and mentoring programs to train
mentor teachers, |
22 |
| administrators, and other personnel, to provide best practices
|
23 |
| information, and to conduct an evaluation of these programs' |
24 |
| impact and
effectiveness.
|
25 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 205 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (105 ILCS 5/21A-30)
|
2 |
| Sec. 21A-30. Evaluation of programs. The State Board of |
3 |
| Education
and the State Teacher Certification Board shall |
4 |
| jointly contract with an
independent party to conduct a |
5 |
| comprehensive evaluation of new teacher
induction and |
6 |
| mentoring programs established pursuant to this Article. The
|
7 |
| first report of this evaluation shall be presented to the |
8 |
| General Assembly on
or
before January 1, 2013 2009 . Subsequent |
9 |
| evaluations shall be conducted and
reports presented to the |
10 |
| General Assembly on or before January 1 of every
third year |
11 |
| thereafter. Additionally, the State Board of Education shall |
12 |
| prepare an annual
program report for the General Assembly on or |
13 |
| before December 31 each year. It shall summarize local program |
14 |
| design, indicate the number of teachers served, and document |
15 |
| rates of new teacher attrition and retention.
|
16 |
| (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
17 |
| (105 ILCS 5/23-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 23-3)
|
18 |
| Sec. 23-3. Filing
copy of constitution, by-laws and |
19 |
| amendments. Within 30 days after the adoption by any such |
20 |
| association of its
constitution or by-laws or any amendment |
21 |
| thereto, it shall file a copy
thereof, certified by its |
22 |
| president and executive director, with the
Governor, the State |
23 |
| Superintendent of Education, Public Instruction and the |
24 |
| regional county
superintendent of schools of each region county |
25 |
| in which it has any membership.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 206 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)
|
2 |
| (105 ILCS 5/23-5.5 new)
|
3 |
| Sec. 23-5.5. Professional development and training. Any |
4 |
| such association shall offer professional development and |
5 |
| training to school board members on topics that include, but |
6 |
| are not limited to, basics of school finance, financial |
7 |
| oversight and accountability, labor law and collective |
8 |
| bargaining, ethics, duties and responsibilities of a school |
9 |
| board member, and board governance principles. Every school |
10 |
| board member is expected to receive at least 4 hours of |
11 |
| professional development and training per year.
|
12 |
| (105 ILCS 5/23-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 23-6)
|
13 |
| Sec. 23-6. Annual report. Each association shall make an |
14 |
| annual report within 60 days after the
close of its fiscal year |
15 |
| to the Governor, the State Board of Education
and the regional
|
16 |
| superintendent of schools of each region in
which it has |
17 |
| members, setting forth the activities of the association
for |
18 |
| the preceding fiscal year, the institutes held, the subjects
|
19 |
| discussed, and the attendance, and shall furnish the Governor, |
20 |
| the
State Board of Education and
such regional superintendents
|
21 |
| with copies of all publications sent to its members. The |
22 |
| association shall include the board training topics offered and |
23 |
| the number of school board members that availed themselves of |
24 |
| professional development and training.
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 207 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
|
2 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-12)
|
3 |
| Sec. 24-12. Removal or dismissal of teachers in contractual
|
4 |
| continued service. |
5 |
| (a) If a teacher in contractual continued service is
|
6 |
| removed or dismissed as a result of a decision of the board to |
7 |
| decrease
the number of teachers employed by the board or to |
8 |
| discontinue some
particular type of teaching service, written |
9 |
| notice shall be mailed to the
teacher and also given the
|
10 |
| teacher either by certified mail, return receipt requested or
|
11 |
| personal delivery with receipt at least 60
days before
the end |
12 |
| of the school term, together with a statement of honorable
|
13 |
| dismissal and the reason therefor . Any teacher dismissed as a |
14 |
| result of such decrease or discontinuance shall be paid all |
15 |
| earned compensation on or before the third business day |
16 |
| following the last day of pupil attendance in the regular |
17 |
| school term. |
18 |
| Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based |
19 |
| upon economic necessity exceeds 5 or 150% of the average number |
20 |
| of teachers honorably dismissed in the preceding 3 years, |
21 |
| whichever is more, then the board shall also hold a public |
22 |
| hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following the |
23 |
| hearing and board review, the action to
approve any such |
24 |
| reduction shall require a majority vote of the board
members. |
25 |
| (1) Each board shall, in consultation with
any |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 208 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| exclusive employee representatives, each year establish a |
2 |
| list,
categorized by positions, showing the length of |
3 |
| continuing service of
each teacher who is qualified to hold |
4 |
| any such certified positions, unless an
alternative method |
5 |
| of determining a sequence of dismissal is
established as |
6 |
| provided for in this Section, in which case a list shall
be |
7 |
| made in accordance with the alternative method. Copies of |
8 |
| the list
shall be distributed to the exclusive employee |
9 |
| representative on or
before February 1 of each year. |
10 |
| In all such cases where a teacher in contractual |
11 |
| continued service is removed or dismissed as a result of a |
12 |
| decision of the board to decrease the number of teachers |
13 |
| employed by the board or to discontinue some particular |
14 |
| type of teaching service , and in all such cases the board |
15 |
| shall
first remove or dismiss all teachers who have not |
16 |
| entered upon contractual
continued service before removing |
17 |
| or dismissing any teacher who has entered
upon contractual |
18 |
| continued service and who is legally qualified to hold a
|
19 |
| position currently held by a teacher who has not entered |
20 |
| upon contractual
continued service. |
21 |
| As between teachers who have entered upon contractual
|
22 |
| continued service, the teacher or teachers with the shorter |
23 |
| length of
continuing service with the district shall be |
24 |
| dismissed first
unless an alternative method of |
25 |
| determining the sequence of dismissal is
established in a |
26 |
| collective bargaining agreement or contract between the
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 209 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| board and a professional faculty members' organization and |
2 |
| except that
this provision shall not impair the operation |
3 |
| of any affirmative action
program in the district, |
4 |
| regardless of whether it exists by operation of
law or is |
5 |
| conducted on a voluntary basis by the board. Any teacher
|
6 |
| dismissed as a result of such decrease or discontinuance |
7 |
| shall be paid
all earned compensation on or before the |
8 |
| third business day following
the last day of pupil |
9 |
| attendance in the regular school term. |
10 |
| (2) If the
board has any vacancies for the following |
11 |
| school term or within one
calendar year from the beginning |
12 |
| of the following school term, the
positions thereby |
13 |
| becoming available shall be tendered to the teachers
so |
14 |
| removed or dismissed so far as they are legally qualified |
15 |
| to hold
such positions; provided, however, that if the |
16 |
| number of honorable
dismissal notices based on economic |
17 |
| necessity exceeds 15% of the number of
full time equivalent |
18 |
| positions filled by certified employees (excluding
|
19 |
| principals and administrative personnel) during the |
20 |
| preceding school year,
then if the board has any vacancies |
21 |
| for the following school term or within
2 calendar years |
22 |
| from the beginning of the following
school term, the |
23 |
| positions so becoming available shall be tendered to the
|
24 |
| teachers who were so notified and removed or dismissed |
25 |
| whenever they are
legally qualified to hold such positions. |
26 |
| Each board shall, in consultation
with any exclusive |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 210 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| employee representatives, each year establish a list,
|
2 |
| categorized by positions, showing the length of continuing |
3 |
| service of each
teacher who is qualified to hold any such |
4 |
| positions, unless an alternative
method of determining a |
5 |
| sequence of dismissal is established as provided
for in |
6 |
| this Section, in which case a list shall be made in |
7 |
| accordance with
the alternative method. Copies of the list |
8 |
| shall be distributed to the
exclusive employee |
9 |
| representative on or before February 1 of each year.
|
10 |
| Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based |
11 |
| upon economic
necessity exceeds 5, or 150% of the average |
12 |
| number of teachers honorably
dismissed in the preceding 3 |
13 |
| years, whichever is more, then the board also
shall hold a |
14 |
| public hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following
|
15 |
| the hearing and board review the action to approve any such |
16 |
| reduction shall
require a majority vote of the board |
17 |
| members.
|
18 |
| (b)(1) If a dismissal or removal is sought for any other |
19 |
| reason or cause,
including those under Section 10-22.4, the |
20 |
| board must first approve a
motion containing specific charges |
21 |
| by a majority vote of all its
members. Written notice of such |
22 |
| charges and the teacher's right to request a hearing shall be |
23 |
| mailed to the teacher and also given the teacher either by |
24 |
| certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal delivery |
25 |
| with receipt shall be served upon the teacher
within 5 days of |
26 |
| the adoption of the motion. Such notice shall contain a
bill of |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 211 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| particulars. |
2 |
| Before setting a hearing on charges stemming from causes |
3 |
| that are
considered remediable, a board must give the teacher |
4 |
| reasonable warning in writing, stating specifically the causes |
5 |
| that, if not removed, may result in charges; however, no such |
6 |
| written warning shall be required if the causes have been the |
7 |
| subject of a remediation plan pursuant to Article 24A of this |
8 |
| Code. |
9 |
| If in the opinion of the board the interests of the school |
10 |
| require it, the board may suspend the teacher pending the |
11 |
| hearing, but the teacher shall not suffer the loss of any |
12 |
| salary or benefits by reason of the suspension. |
13 |
| (2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the
|
14 |
| teacher within 10 days after receiving notice requests in |
15 |
| writing of the
board that a hearing be scheduled, in which |
16 |
| case the board shall schedule a
hearing on those charges |
17 |
| before a disinterested hearing officer on a date
no less |
18 |
| than 15 nor more than 30 days after the enactment of the |
19 |
| motion.
The secretary of the school board shall forward a |
20 |
| copy of the notice to the
State Board of Education. |
21 |
| (3) Within 5 business days after receiving this notice |
22 |
| of
hearing, the State Board of Education shall provide a |
23 |
| list of 5
prospective, impartial hearing officers. Each |
24 |
| person on the list must (i) be
accredited by a national |
25 |
| arbitration organization and have had a minimum of 5
years |
26 |
| of experience directly related to labor and employment
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 212 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| relations matters between educational employers and |
2 |
| educational employees or
their exclusive bargaining |
3 |
| representatives ; (ii) not . No one on the list may
be a |
4 |
| resident of the school district ; (iii) beginning July 1, |
5 |
| 2010, have participated within the past 2 years in
training |
6 |
| provided or approved by the State Board of Education for
|
7 |
| teacher dismissal hearing officers so that he or she is |
8 |
| familiar with
issues generally involved in evaluative and |
9 |
| non-evaluative dismissals;
(iv) be available to commence |
10 |
| the hearing within 90 days and conclude
the hearing within |
11 |
| 120 days after being selected by the parties as the
hearing |
12 |
| officer; and (v) issue a decision as to whether the teacher
|
13 |
| shall be dismissed and give a copy of that decision to both |
14 |
| the teacher
and the school board within 60 days from the |
15 |
| conclusion of the hearing
or closure of the record, |
16 |
| whichever is later . The Board and the teacher or their
|
17 |
| legal representatives within 5 business 3 days shall |
18 |
| alternately strike one name from
the list until only one |
19 |
| name remains. Unless waived by the teacher, the
teacher |
20 |
| shall have the right to
proceed first with the striking.
|
21 |
| Within 5 business 3 days of receipt of the first list |
22 |
| provided by the State Board of
Education, the board and the |
23 |
| teacher or their legal representatives shall each
have the |
24 |
| right to reject all prospective hearing officers named on |
25 |
| the first
list and to require the State Board of Education |
26 |
| to provide a second list of 5
prospective, impartial |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 213 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| hearing officers, none of whom were named on the first
|
2 |
| list. Within 5 business days after receiving this request |
3 |
| for a second list, the State
Board of Education shall |
4 |
| provide the second list of 5 prospective, impartial
hearing |
5 |
| officers. The procedure for selecting a hearing officer |
6 |
| from the
second
list shall be the same as the procedure for |
7 |
| the first list. |
8 |
| (4) In the alternative
to selecting a hearing officer |
9 |
| from the first or second list received from the
State Board |
10 |
| of Education or if the State Board of Education cannot |
11 |
| provide a list that meets the foregoing requirements , the |
12 |
| board and the teacher or their legal
representatives may |
13 |
| mutually agree to select an impartial hearing officer who
|
14 |
| is not on a list received from the State Board of Education |
15 |
| either by direct
appointment by the parties or by using |
16 |
| procedures for the appointment of an
arbitrator |
17 |
| established by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation |
18 |
| Service or the
American Arbitration Association. The |
19 |
| parties shall notify the State Board of
Education of their |
20 |
| intent to select a hearing officer using an alternative
|
21 |
| procedure within 3 business days of receipt of a list of |
22 |
| prospective hearing officers
provided by the State Board of |
23 |
| Education or receipt of notice from the State Board of |
24 |
| Education that it cannot
provide a list that meets the |
25 |
| foregoing requirements . Any person selected by the parties
|
26 |
| under this alternative procedure for the selection of a |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 214 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| hearing officer must meet the requirements for a hearing |
2 |
| officer to appear on shall
not be a resident of the school |
3 |
| district and shall have the same qualifications
and |
4 |
| authority as a hearing officer selected from a list |
5 |
| provided by the State
Board of Education.
|
6 |
| (5) The State Board of Education shall
promulgate |
7 |
| uniform standards and rules of procedure for such hearings. |
8 |
| As
to prehearing discovery, such rules and regulations |
9 |
| shall, at a minimum, allow
for written interrogatories, |
10 |
| evidence depositions and requests for production of |
11 |
| documents. They shall also require each party to provide to |
12 |
| the other party, by no later than 45 days prior to the |
13 |
| commencement of the hearing : (i) the (1) discovery of |
14 |
| names and addresses of persons who may be called as
expert |
15 |
| witnesses at the hearing, with an indication of which of up |
16 |
| to 3 witnesses may
be providing the most essential |
17 |
| testimony and a detailed summary of
the facts or opinion |
18 |
| each witness will testify to the omission of any such name |
19 |
| to result in
a preclusion of the testimony of such witness |
20 |
| in the absence of a showing
of good cause and the express |
21 |
| permission of the hearing officer; (2) bills
of |
22 |
| particulars; (3) written interrogatories ; and (ii) all |
23 |
| other (4) production of relevant
documents and other |
24 |
| materials, including information maintained |
25 |
| electronically, whether or not the party intends to use |
26 |
| them at the hearing. Subsequently, if a party discovers |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 215 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| additional materials or information
that should be |
2 |
| provided, he or she shall promptly notify and provide the
|
3 |
| additional materials to the other party or his or her |
4 |
| counsel. If such
additional material or information is |
5 |
| discovered during the hearing,
the hearing officer shall |
6 |
| also be notified. If at any time during the
course of the |
7 |
| hearing it is brought to the attention of the hearing
|
8 |
| officer that a party has failed to provide information as |
9 |
| required by
this Section, the hearing officer may order |
10 |
| such party to provide
the material and information, grant a |
11 |
| continuance, exclude such
evidence, or enter such other |
12 |
| order as it deems just under the
circumstances . The per |
13 |
| diem allowance for the hearing officer shall be
determined |
14 |
| and paid by
the State Board of Education , provided that the |
15 |
| per diem allowance shall be no less than the average per |
16 |
| diem rate for Illinois arbitrators reported by the Federal |
17 |
| Mediation and Conciliation Service for the prior calendar |
18 |
| year. If the board and the teacher or their legal |
19 |
| representatives mutually agree to select an impartial |
20 |
| hearing officer who is not on a list received from the |
21 |
| State Board of Education, they may agree to supplement the |
22 |
| per diem allowance paid by the State Board to the hearing |
23 |
| officer, at a rate consistent with the hearing officer's |
24 |
| published professional fees . |
25 |
| The hearing officer
shall hold a hearing and render a |
26 |
| final decision. The hearing officer shall commence the |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 216 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| hearing within 90 days and
conclude the hearing within 120 |
2 |
| days after being selected by the parties
as the hearing |
3 |
| officer, provided that these timelines may be modified
upon |
4 |
| the showing of good cause. Good cause shall mean the |
5 |
| illness or
otherwise unavoidable emergency of the teacher, |
6 |
| district
superintendent, their legal representatives, the |
7 |
| hearing officer, or an
essential witness as indicated in |
8 |
| each party's pre-hearing submission.
In a dismissal |
9 |
| hearing, the hearing officer shall consider and give
weight |
10 |
| to all of the teacher's evaluations written pursuant to |
11 |
| Article
24A of this Code. The teacher has
the privilege of |
12 |
| being present at the hearing with counsel and of
|
13 |
| cross-examining witnesses and may offer evidence and |
14 |
| witnesses and present
defenses to the charges. The hearing |
15 |
| officer may issue subpoenas and
subpoenas duces tecum |
16 |
| requiring the attendance of witnesses and, at the
request |
17 |
| of the teacher against whom a charge is made or the board, |
18 |
| shall
issue such subpoenas, but the hearing officer may |
19 |
| limit the number of
witnesses to be subpoenaed in behalf of |
20 |
| the teacher or the board to not
more than 10. All testimony |
21 |
| at the hearing shall be taken under oath
administered by |
22 |
| the hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a
|
23 |
| record of the proceedings to be kept and shall employ a |
24 |
| competent reporter
to take stenographic or stenotype notes |
25 |
| of all the testimony. The costs of
the reporter's |
26 |
| attendance and services at the hearing shall be paid by the
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 217 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| State Board of Education. Either party desiring a |
2 |
| transcript of the hearing
shall pay for the cost thereof. |
3 |
| If in the opinion of the board
the interests of the school |
4 |
| require it, the board may suspend the
teacher pending the |
5 |
| hearing, but if acquitted the teacher shall not
suffer the |
6 |
| loss of any salary by reason of the suspension.
|
7 |
| Before setting a hearing on charges stemming from |
8 |
| causes that are
considered remediable, a board must give |
9 |
| the teacher reasonable warning
in writing, stating |
10 |
| specifically the causes which, if not removed, may
result |
11 |
| in charges; however, no such written warning shall be |
12 |
| required if
the causes have been the subject of a |
13 |
| remediation plan pursuant to Article
24A. |
14 |
| (6) The hearing
officer shall consider and give weight |
15 |
| to
all of the teacher's evaluations written pursuant to |
16 |
| Article 24A.
The hearing officer shall, within 30 days from |
17 |
| the conclusion of the
hearing or closure of the record, |
18 |
| whichever is later,
make a decision as to whether or not |
19 |
| the teacher shall be dismissed and
shall give a copy of the |
20 |
| decision to both the teacher and the school
board.
If the |
21 |
| hearing officer fails to render a decision within 30 days, |
22 |
| the State
Board of Education shall communicate with the |
23 |
| hearing officer to determine the
date that the parties can |
24 |
| reasonably expect to receive the decision. The State
Board |
25 |
| of Education shall provide copies of all such |
26 |
| communications to the
parties. In the event the hearing |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 218 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| officer fails without good cause to make a
decision within |
2 |
| the 30 day period, the name of such hearing officer shall |
3 |
| be
struck for a period of not more than 24 months from the |
4 |
| master list of hearing
officers maintained by the State |
5 |
| Board of Education.
If a hearing officer fails
without good |
6 |
| cause , specifically provided in writing to both parties and |
7 |
| the State Board of Education, to render a decision within |
8 |
| 60 days 3 months after the hearing is
concluded or the
|
9 |
| record is closed, whichever is later,
the
State Board of |
10 |
| Education shall provide the parties with a new list of
|
11 |
| prospective, impartial hearing officers, with the same |
12 |
| qualifications provided
herein, one of whom shall be |
13 |
| selected, as provided in this Section, to rehear the |
14 |
| charges heard by the hearing officer who failed to render a
|
15 |
| decision or to review
the record and render a decision. |
16 |
| Good cause shall mean the illness or otherwise unavoidable |
17 |
| emergency of the hearing officer. The
parties may mutually |
18 |
| agree to select a hearing officer pursuant to the
|
19 |
| alternative
procedure, as provided in this Section,
to |
20 |
| rehear the charges heard by the hearing officer who failed |
21 |
| to render a
decision or to review the record and render a |
22 |
| decision .
If any the hearing
officer fails without good |
23 |
| cause , specifically provided in writing to both parties and |
24 |
| the State Board of Education, to render a decision within |
25 |
| 60 days 3 months after the
hearing is concluded or the |
26 |
| record is closed, whichever is later, the hearing
officer |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 219 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| shall be removed
from the master
list of hearing officers |
2 |
| maintained by the State Board of Education for not more |
3 |
| than 24 months . The State Board of Education may also take |
4 |
| such other actions as it deems appropriate, including |
5 |
| recovering, reducing, or withholding any fees paid or to be |
6 |
| paid to the hearing officer. If any hearing officer repeats |
7 |
| such failure, he or she shall be permanently removed from |
8 |
| the master list maintained by the State Board of Education |
9 |
| and may not be selected by parties through the alternative |
10 |
| selection process under this Section.
The board shall not |
11 |
| lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher if the hearing
|
12 |
| officer fails to render a decision within the time |
13 |
| specified in this
Section. If the decision of the hearing |
14 |
| officer is in favor of
the teacher, he or she shall order |
15 |
| reinstatement to the same or a substantially equivalent |
16 |
| position and shall determine the amount for which the board |
17 |
| is liable, including, but not limited to, loss of income |
18 |
| and benefits.
|
19 |
| (7) The decision of the hearing officer is final unless |
20 |
| reviewed as
provided in Section 24-16 of this Act. In the |
21 |
| event such review is
instituted, any costs of preparing and |
22 |
| filing the record of proceedings
shall be paid by the |
23 |
| board.
|
24 |
| (8) If a decision of the hearing officer is adjudicated |
25 |
| upon review or
appeal in favor of the teacher, then the |
26 |
| trial court shall order
reinstatement and shall determine |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 220 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the amount for which the board is
liable including but not |
2 |
| limited to loss of income , benefits, and costs incurred
|
3 |
| therein. Any teacher who is reinstated by any hearing or |
4 |
| adjudication brought
under this Section shall be assigned |
5 |
| by the board to a position
substantially similar to the one |
6 |
| which that teacher held prior to that
teacher's suspension |
7 |
| or dismissal.
|
8 |
| If, by reason of any change in the boundaries of school |
9 |
| districts, or
by reason of the creation of a new school |
10 |
| district, the position held by
any teacher having a |
11 |
| contractual continued service status is transferred
from |
12 |
| one board to the control of a new or different board, the
|
13 |
| contractual continued service status of such teacher is not |
14 |
| thereby
lost, and such new or different board is subject to |
15 |
| this Act with
respect to such teacher in the same manner as |
16 |
| if such teacher were its
employee and had been its employee |
17 |
| during the time such teacher was
actually employed by the |
18 |
| board from whose control the position was transferred.
|
19 |
| (Source: P.A. 89-618, eff. 8-9-96; 90-224, eff. 7-25-97.)
|
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24A-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-3)
|
21 |
| Sec. 24A-3. Evaluation training. School Beginning January |
22 |
| 1, 1986, school
boards shall require those administrators and |
23 |
| other school employees , or -- in school districts
having a |
24 |
| population exceeding 500,000 -- assistant principals, who
|
25 |
| evaluate other certified personnel to participate at least once |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 221 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| every year 2
years in an inservice workshop of at least one day |
2 |
| on either school improvement or the
evaluation of certified |
3 |
| personnel
provided or approved by the State Board of Education.
|
4 |
| (Source: P.A. 86-1477; 87-1076.)
|
5 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-4)
|
6 |
| Sec. 24A-4. Development and submission of evaluation plan. |
7 |
| As used in
this and the succeeding Sections, "teacher" means |
8 |
| any and all school
district employees regularly required to be |
9 |
| certified under laws relating
to the certification of teachers. |
10 |
| Each school district shall develop, in
cooperation with its |
11 |
| teachers or, where applicable, the exclusive
bargaining |
12 |
| representatives of its teachers, an evaluation plan for all
|
13 |
| teachers in contractual continued service . The district shall , |
14 |
| no later
than October 1, 1986, submit a copy of its evaluation |
15 |
| plan to the State
Board of Education, which shall review the |
16 |
| plan and make public its
comments thereon, and the district |
17 |
| shall at the same time provide a copy to
the exclusive |
18 |
| bargaining representatives. Whenever any substantive change
is |
19 |
| made in a district's evaluation plan, the new plan shall be |
20 |
| submitted to
the State Board of Education for review and |
21 |
| comment, and the district shall
at the same time provide a copy |
22 |
| of any such new plan to the exclusive
bargaining representative |
23 |
| representatives . Any substantive change in a district's |
24 |
| evaluation
plan must be developed by the district at least in |
25 |
| cooperation with
teachers or, where applicable, the exclusive |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 222 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| bargaining representative
of its teachers. The board of a |
2 |
| school district operating under Article 34 of this Code and the |
3 |
| exclusive representative of the district's teachers shall |
4 |
| submit a certified copy of an agreement entered into under |
5 |
| Section 34-85c of this Code to the State Board of Education, |
6 |
| and that agreement shall constitute the teacher evaluation plan |
7 |
| for teachers assigned to schools identified in that agreement. |
8 |
| Whenever any substantive change is made in an agreement entered |
9 |
| into under Section 34-85c of this Code by the board of a school |
10 |
| district operating under Article 34 of this Code and the |
11 |
| exclusive representative of the district's teachers, the new |
12 |
| agreement shall be submitted to the State Board of Education.
|
13 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-510, eff. 8-28-07.)
|
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5)
|
15 |
| Sec. 24A-5. Content of evaluation plans for teachers in |
16 |
| contractual continued service . This Section does not apply to |
17 |
| teachers assigned to schools identified in an agreement entered |
18 |
| into between the board of a school district operating under |
19 |
| Article 34 of this Code and the exclusive representative of the |
20 |
| district's teachers in accordance with Section 34-85c of this |
21 |
| Code.
Each school district to
which this Article applies shall |
22 |
| establish a teacher evaluation plan
which ensures that each |
23 |
| teacher in contractual continued service
is evaluated at least |
24 |
| once in the course of every 2 school years , beginning
with the |
25 |
| 1986-87 school year .
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 223 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of |
2 |
| this Section and
of any rules adopted by the State Board of |
3 |
| Education pursuant to this Section.
|
4 |
| The plan shall include a description of each teacher's |
5 |
| duties
and responsibilities and of the standards to which that |
6 |
| teacher
is expected to conform. Beginning with the 2010-2011 |
7 |
| school year, these standards
shall include the Illinois |
8 |
| Professional Teaching Standards, provided
that in a district |
9 |
| subject to a collective bargaining agreement as of
the |
10 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General |
11 |
| Assembly, any changes made by this amendatory Act of the 96th |
12 |
| General Assembly shall go into effect in that district only |
13 |
| upon expiration of that agreement, unless otherwise agreed to |
14 |
| by the district and the exclusive bargaining representative of |
15 |
| its teachers.
|
16 |
| The plan may provide for evaluation of personnel whose |
17 |
| positions
require administrative certification by independent |
18 |
| evaluators not employed
by or affiliated with the school |
19 |
| district. The results of the school
district administrators' |
20 |
| evaluations shall be reported to the employing
school board, |
21 |
| together with such recommendations for remediation as the
|
22 |
| evaluator or evaluators may deem appropriate.
|
23 |
| The evaluation Evaluation of teachers whose positions do |
24 |
| not require administrative
certification shall be conducted by |
25 |
| an administrator qualified under Section
24A-3, or -- in school |
26 |
| districts having a population exceeding 500,000 --
by either an |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 224 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| administrator qualified under Section 24A-3 or an assistant
|
2 |
| principal under the supervision of an administrator qualified |
3 |
| under Section
24A-3 , provided that some or all the duties of |
4 |
| administrators and assistant principals under this Section may |
5 |
| be delegated to other school employees if the school district |
6 |
| and exclusive bargaining representative of its teachers |
7 |
| negotiate and agree to it as part of an alternative evaluation |
8 |
| plan under this Section. The evaluation , and shall include at |
9 |
| least the following components:
|
10 |
| (a) personal observation of the teacher in the |
11 |
| classroom ( on at least
2 different school days in school |
12 |
| districts having a population
exceeding
500,000) by a |
13 |
| district administrator qualified under Section 24A-3, or - |
14 |
| -
in school districts having a population exceeding |
15 |
| 500,000 -- by either an
administrator qualified under |
16 |
| Section 24A-3 or an assistant principal under
the |
17 |
| supervision of an administrator qualified under Section |
18 |
| 24A-3, unless
the teacher has no classroom duties. A |
19 |
| written summary of the observation, in which any |
20 |
| deficiencies in performance and recommendations for |
21 |
| correction are identified, shall be provided to and |
22 |
| discussed with the teacher within 10 school days after the |
23 |
| date of the observation, unless an applicable collective |
24 |
| bargaining agreement provides to the contrary.
|
25 |
| (b) consideration of the teacher's attendance, |
26 |
| planning, and
instructional methods, classroom management, |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 225 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| where relevant, and
competency in the subject matter |
2 |
| taught, where relevant.
|
3 |
| (c) rating of the teacher's performance as |
4 |
| "excellent",
"satisfactory" or "unsatisfactory".
|
5 |
| (d) specification as to the teacher's strengths and |
6 |
| weaknesses, with
details of specific examples and |
7 |
| supporting reasons for the comments made.
|
8 |
| (e) inclusion of a copy of the evaluation in the |
9 |
| teacher's personnel
file and provision of a copy of the |
10 |
| evaluation to the teacher and inclusion of the copy and the |
11 |
| teacher's response to it in the teacher's personnel file .
|
12 |
| (f) within 30 school days after completion of an |
13 |
| overall evaluation rating a teacher
as "unsatisfactory", |
14 |
| development and commencement by the district, or by an |
15 |
| administrator qualified under Section
24A-3 or an |
16 |
| assistant principal under the supervision of an |
17 |
| administrator
qualified under Section 24A-3 in school |
18 |
| districts having a population
exceeding 500,000, in |
19 |
| consultation with the teacher and the consulting teacher, |
20 |
| of a remediation plan designed to correct deficiencies
|
21 |
| cited, provided the deficiencies are deemed remediable.
In |
22 |
| all school districts the
remediation plan for |
23 |
| unsatisfactory, tenured teachers shall
provide for 90 |
24 |
| school days of remediation within the
classroom. In all |
25 |
| school districts evaluations issued pursuant
to
this |
26 |
| Section shall be
issued within 10 days after the conclusion |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 226 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| of the respective remediation plan.
However, the school |
2 |
| board or other governing authority of the district
shall |
3 |
| not lose
jurisdiction to discharge a teacher in the event |
4 |
| the evaluation is not issued
within 10 days after the |
5 |
| conclusion of the respective remediation plan.
|
6 |
| (g) participation in the remediation plan by the |
7 |
| teacher rated
"unsatisfactory", a district administrator |
8 |
| qualified under Section 24A-3
(or -- in a school district |
9 |
| having a population exceeding 500,000 -- an
administrator |
10 |
| qualified under Section 24A-3 or an assistant principal |
11 |
| under
the supervision of an administrator qualified under |
12 |
| Section 24A-3),
and a consulting teacher, selected by the |
13 |
| participating administrator or by
the principal, or -- in |
14 |
| school districts having a population exceeding
500,000 -- |
15 |
| by an administrator qualified under Section 24A-3 or by an
|
16 |
| assistant principal under the supervision of an |
17 |
| administrator qualified
under Section 24A-3, of the |
18 |
| teacher who was rated "unsatisfactory", which
consulting |
19 |
| teacher is an educational employee as defined in the |
20 |
| Educational
Labor Relations Act, has at least 5 years' |
21 |
| teaching experience and a
reasonable familiarity with the |
22 |
| assignment of the teacher being evaluated,
and who received |
23 |
| an "excellent" rating on his or her most
recent evaluation. |
24 |
| Where no teachers who meet these criteria are available
|
25 |
| within the district, the district shall request and the |
26 |
| State Board of
Education shall supply, to participate in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 227 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the remediation process, an
individual who meets these |
2 |
| criteria.
|
3 |
| In a district having a population of less than 500,000 |
4 |
| with an
exclusive bargaining agent, the bargaining agent
|
5 |
| may, if it so chooses, supply a roster of qualified |
6 |
| teachers from whom the
consulting teacher is to be |
7 |
| selected. That roster shall, however, contain
the names of |
8 |
| at least 5 teachers, each of whom meets the criteria for
|
9 |
| consulting teacher with regard to the teacher being |
10 |
| evaluated, or the names
of all teachers so qualified if |
11 |
| that number is less than 5. In the event of
a dispute as to |
12 |
| qualification, the State Board shall determine |
13 |
| qualification.
|
14 |
| (h) evaluations and ratings once every 30 school days
|
15 |
| for the 90 school day
remediation period immediately
|
16 |
| following receipt of a remediation plan provided for under |
17 |
| subsections (f) and (g) of this
Section;
provided that in |
18 |
| school districts having a population
exceeding
500,000
|
19 |
| there shall be monthly evaluations and ratings for the |
20 |
| first 6 months and
quarterly evaluations and ratings for |
21 |
| the next 6 months immediately
following completion of the |
22 |
| remediation program of a teacher for whom a
remediation |
23 |
| plan has been developed. Each evaluation shall assess the |
24 |
| teacher's performance during the time period since the |
25 |
| prior evaluation, provided that the last evaluation shall |
26 |
| also include an overall evaluation of the teacher's |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 228 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| performance during the remediation period. A written copy |
2 |
| of the evaluations and ratings, in which any deficiencies |
3 |
| in performance and recommendations for correction are |
4 |
| identified, shall be provided to and discussed with the |
5 |
| teacher within 10 school days after the date of the |
6 |
| evaluation, unless an applicable collective bargaining |
7 |
| agreement provides to the contrary. These subsequent |
8 |
| evaluations
shall be conducted by the participating |
9 |
| administrator, or -- in school
districts having a |
10 |
| population exceeding 500,000 -- by either the principal
or |
11 |
| by an assistant principal under the supervision of an
|
12 |
| administrator qualified under Section 24A-3. The |
13 |
| consulting
teacher shall provide advice to the teacher |
14 |
| rated "unsatisfactory" on how
to improve teaching skills |
15 |
| and to successfully complete the remediation
plan. The |
16 |
| consulting teacher shall participate in developing the
|
17 |
| remediation plan, but the final decision as to the |
18 |
| evaluation shall be done
solely by the administrator, or -- |
19 |
| in school districts having a population
exceeding 500,000 - |
20 |
| - by either the principal or by an assistant principal
|
21 |
| under the supervision of an administrator qualified under |
22 |
| Section 24A-3,
unless an applicable collective bargaining |
23 |
| agreement provides to the contrary.
Teachers in the |
24 |
| remediation process in a school district having a
|
25 |
| population
exceeding 500,000 are not subject to the annual |
26 |
| evaluations
described in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 229 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| Section. Evaluations at the
conclusion of the remediation |
2 |
| process shall be separate and distinct from the
required |
3 |
| annual evaluations of teachers and shall not be subject to |
4 |
| the
guidelines and procedures relating to those annual |
5 |
| evaluations. The evaluator
may but is not required to use |
6 |
| the forms provided for the annual evaluation of
teachers in |
7 |
| the district's evaluation plan.
|
8 |
| (i) in school districts having a population of less |
9 |
| than
500,000,
reinstatement to a schedule of biennial |
10 |
| evaluation for any teacher
who completes the 90 school day |
11 |
| remediation plan with a
"satisfactory" or better
rating, |
12 |
| unless the district's plan regularly requires more |
13 |
| frequent
evaluations; and in school districts having a |
14 |
| population exceeding
500,000, reinstatement to a schedule |
15 |
| of biennial evaluation for any teacher
who completes the 90 |
16 |
| school day remediation plan with a "satisfactory" or
better |
17 |
| rating and the one
year intensive review schedule as |
18 |
| provided in paragraph (h) of this Section
with a |
19 |
| "satisfactory" or better rating, unless such district's |
20 |
| plan regularly
requires more frequent evaluations.
|
21 |
| (j) dismissal in accordance with Section 24-12 or 34-85 |
22 |
| of the School
Code of any teacher who fails to complete any |
23 |
| applicable remediation plan
with a "satisfactory" or |
24 |
| better rating. Districts and teachers subject to
dismissal |
25 |
| hearings are precluded from compelling the testimony of
|
26 |
| consulting teachers at such hearings under Section 24-12 or |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 230 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 34-85, either
as to the rating process or for opinions of |
2 |
| performances by teachers under
remediation.
|
3 |
| Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) through (i) of this |
4 |
| Section, each school district and the exclusive bargaining |
5 |
| representative of its teachers may negotiate and agree to an |
6 |
| alternative evaluation plan for its teachers
that does not |
7 |
| include or modifies one or more of those
components. The |
8 |
| alternative plan may in part use growth model
assessment, peer |
9 |
| assistance, and peer review to evaluate teachers,
provided that |
10 |
| individual teacher data based upon student performance
and |
11 |
| progress shall be confidential and shall not be a public |
12 |
| record. |
13 |
| In a district subject to a collective bargaining agreement
|
14 |
| as of the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997, any |
15 |
| changes made by this amendatory Act to the provisions of this
|
16 |
| Section that are contrary to the express terms and provisions |
17 |
| of that
agreement shall go into effect in that district only |
18 |
| upon
expiration of that agreement. Thereafter, collectively |
19 |
| bargained evaluation
plans shall at a minimum meet the |
20 |
| standards of this Article. If such a
district has an evaluation |
21 |
| plan, however, whether pursuant to the
collective bargaining |
22 |
| agreement or otherwise, a copy of that plan shall be
submitted |
23 |
| to the State Board of Education for review and comment, in
|
24 |
| accordance with Section 24A-4.
|
25 |
| Nothing in this Section shall be construed as preventing |
26 |
| immediate
dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies which are
|
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 231 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| deemed irremediable or for actions which are injurious to or |
2 |
| endanger the
health or person of students in the classroom or |
3 |
| school. Failure to
strictly comply with the time requirements |
4 |
| contained in Section 24A-5 shall
not invalidate the results of |
5 |
| the remediation plan.
|
6 |
| (Source: P.A. 95-510, eff. 8-28-07.)
|
7 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24A-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-6)
|
8 |
| Sec. 24A-6. Alternative evaluations. The school board of |
9 |
| any school
district which has not evaluated all of its teachers |
10 |
| by the end of the
1987-88 school year, or which fails to |
11 |
| evaluate such teachers within every
2 school years thereafter, |
12 |
| as provided for in this Article shall report
the names and |
13 |
| titles of such employees and the reasons for the failure to
|
14 |
| evaluate to the State Board of Education.
In districts where a |
15 |
| collectively bargained plan already exists, that
plan shall be |
16 |
| used to evaluate the teachers in that district, rather than
|
17 |
| using the evaluation plan developed by
the State Board of |
18 |
| Education unless the collectively bargained
plan does not meet |
19 |
| the requirements of this Article subsections (a) through (d) of
|
20 |
| Section 24A-5 . In cases where an evaluation instrument is in |
21 |
| dispute, the
State Board of Education shall postpone its |
22 |
| evaluation until the dispute is
resolved. Upon receipt of such |
23 |
| reports or if otherwise made aware that such
evaluations have |
24 |
| not been conducted, the State Board of Education shall
enter |
25 |
| upon the district premises and evaluate the teachers in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 232 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| accordance
with an evaluation plan developed by the State Board |
2 |
| of Education, which
plan shall parallel as closely as possible |
3 |
| the requirements of this Article subsections
(a) through (d) of |
4 |
| Section 24A.5 . The results of the State Board
evaluation shall |
5 |
| be communicated to the school board, which
shall supply a copy |
6 |
| to the teacher, place a copy in the teacher's personnel
file, |
7 |
| and, where necessary, undertake a remediation program as |
8 |
| provided for in this Article defined in
subsections (f) through |
9 |
| (j) of Section 24A-5 .
|
10 |
| (Source: P.A. 86-201.)
|
11 |
| (105 ILCS 5/24A-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-8)
|
12 |
| Sec. 24A-8. Content of evaluation plans for Evaluation of |
13 |
| teachers not in contractual continued service. This Section |
14 |
| does not apply to teachers assigned to schools identified in an |
15 |
| agreement entered into between the board of a school district |
16 |
| operating under Article 34 of this Code and the exclusive |
17 |
| representative of the district's teachers in accordance with |
18 |
| Section 34-85c of this Code. Each school district to which this |
19 |
| Article applies shall establish a teacher evaluation plan that |
20 |
| ensures that each Beginning with the 1987-88 school year each |
21 |
| teacher not in contractual
continued service shall be evaluated |
22 |
| at least once each school year. The district's evaluation plan |
23 |
| and any substantive change
in it must be developed by the |
24 |
| district at least in cooperation with
its teachers or, where |
25 |
| applicable, the exclusive bargaining
representative of its |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 233 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| teachers. |
2 |
| The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of |
3 |
| this Section and of any rules adopted by the State Board of |
4 |
| Education pursuant to this Section. |
5 |
| The plan shall include a description of each teacher's |
6 |
| duties and
responsibilities and of the standards to which that |
7 |
| teacher is expected
to conform. Beginning with the 2010-2011 |
8 |
| school year, these standards
may include the Illinois |
9 |
| Professional Teaching Standards, provided
that in a district |
10 |
| subject to a collective bargaining agreement as of
the |
11 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General |
12 |
| Assembly, any changes made by this amendatory Act of the 96th |
13 |
| General Assembly shall go into effect in that district only |
14 |
| upon
expiration of that agreement, unless otherwise agreed to |
15 |
| by the
district and the exclusive bargaining representative of |
16 |
| its teachers. |
17 |
| The evaluation of teachers shall be conducted by an |
18 |
| administrator
qualified under Section 24A-3 of this Code, |
19 |
| provided that some or all the duties of administrators under |
20 |
| this Section may be delegated to other school employees if the |
21 |
| school district and exclusive bargaining
representative of its |
22 |
| teachers negotiate and agree to it as part of an
alternative |
23 |
| plan under this Section. The evaluation shall include at
least |
24 |
| the following components: |
25 |
| (1) Personal observation of the teacher in the |
26 |
| classroom on at least 2 different school days by a district |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 234 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| administrator qualified under Section 24A-3 of this Code, |
2 |
| unless the teacher has no classroom duties. A written |
3 |
| summary of the observation, in which any deficiencies in |
4 |
| performance and recommendations for correction are |
5 |
| identified, shall be provided to
and discussed with the |
6 |
| teacher within 10 school days after the date of the |
7 |
| observation, unless an applicable collective bargaining |
8 |
| agreement provides to the contrary. |
9 |
| (2) Consideration of the teacher's attendance, |
10 |
| planning, and
instructional methods, classroom management, |
11 |
| where relevant, and competency in the subject matter |
12 |
| taught, where relevant. |
13 |
| (3) Specification as to the teacher's strengths and |
14 |
| weaknesses, with details of specific examples and |
15 |
| supporting reasons for the comments made. |
16 |
| (4) Provision of a copy of the evaluation to the |
17 |
| teacher and inclusion of the copy and the teacher's |
18 |
| response to it in the teacher's personnel file.
|
19 |
| Notwithstanding subdivisions (1) through (4) of this |
20 |
| Section, each school district and the exclusive bargaining |
21 |
| representative of its teachers may negotiate and agree to an |
22 |
| alternative evaluation plan for its teachers
that does not |
23 |
| include or modifies one or more of the foregoing
components. |
24 |
| The alternative plan may in part use growth model
assessment, |
25 |
| peer assistance, and peer review to evaluate teachers,
provided |
26 |
| that individual teacher data based upon student performance
and |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 235 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| progress shall be confidential and shall not be a public |
2 |
| record. |
3 |
| (Source: P.A. 84-1419.)
|
4 |
| (105 ILCS 5/34-18.37 new)
|
5 |
| Sec. 34-18.37. Financial policies. Beginning with the |
6 |
| second fiscal year after the effective date of this amendatory |
7 |
| Act of the 96th General Assembly, the board shall adopt a |
8 |
| formal, written financial policy. The policy may include |
9 |
| information in the following areas: |
10 |
| (1) Debt capacity, issuance, and management. |
11 |
| (2) Capital asset management. |
12 |
| (3) Reserve or stabilization fund goals. |
13 |
| (4) Periodic budget to actual comparison reports. |
14 |
| (5) Fees and charges. |
15 |
| (6) The use of one-time revenue. |
16 |
| (7) Risk management related to internal controls. |
17 |
| (8) Purchasing. |
18 |
| (9) Vehicle acquisition and maintenance. |
19 |
| The board shall make the policy publicly available. |
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/34-18.38 new)
|
21 |
| Sec. 34-18.38. Long-term financial plan. Beginning with |
22 |
| the second fiscal year after the effective date of this |
23 |
| amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly, the board shall |
24 |
| develop a long-term financial plan that extends over at least a |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 236 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| 3-year period and that is updated and approved annually. The |
2 |
| plan must include multi-year forecasts of revenues, |
3 |
| expenditures, and debt. The board may make the plan available |
4 |
| to the public by publishing it as a separate document and |
5 |
| submitting it with the annual budget or by posting the plan as |
6 |
| a document on the school district's Internet website. The |
7 |
| forecasts that are the foundation of the plan must be available |
8 |
| to participants in the budget process before budgetary |
9 |
| decisions are made. The public must be provided opportunities |
10 |
| for providing dialog with respect to the long-term financial |
11 |
| planning process. Public access and review shall take place as |
12 |
| part of the official budget hearing process in accordance with |
13 |
| Section 34-46 of this Code. |
14 |
| (105 ILCS 5/34-18.39 new)
|
15 |
| Sec. 34-18.39. Capital improvement plan. Beginning with |
16 |
| the second fiscal year after the effective date of this |
17 |
| amendatory Act of the 96th General Assembly, the board shall |
18 |
| develop a 5-year capital improvement plan that is updated and |
19 |
| approved annually. The plan must include a summary list of the |
20 |
| description of the capital projects to be completed over the |
21 |
| next 5 years, along with projected expenditures, and revenue |
22 |
| sources. The board shall make the plan available to the public. |
23 |
| The board shall hold a public hearing on the capital |
24 |
| improvement plan, which hearing may be held at a regularly |
25 |
| scheduled meeting of the board. This hearing shall be held in |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 237 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| the same manner and subject to the same notice and other |
2 |
| requirements as the public hearing required prior to adoption |
3 |
| of the budget in conformity with Section 34-46 of this Code. |
4 |
| (105 ILCS 5/34-18.40 new) |
5 |
| Sec. 34-18.40. School district financial accountability. |
6 |
| (a) The board shall annually include a user-friendly |
7 |
| executive summary as part of the district's budget. The |
8 |
| executive summary shall include all of the following: |
9 |
| (1) The district's major goals and objectives. |
10 |
| (2) A discussion of the major financial factors and |
11 |
| trends affecting the budget, such as changes in revenues, |
12 |
| enrollment, and debt. |
13 |
| (3) A description of the budget process. |
14 |
| (4) An overview of revenues and expenditures for all |
15 |
| funds, including at least 3 to 5 years of prior and future |
16 |
| trends, based on data from the annual financial report. |
17 |
| (5) An explanation of significant financial and |
18 |
| demographic trends. |
19 |
| (6) An explanation of the reasons for a budget deficit |
20 |
| and an explanation of how the deficit is being addressed. |
21 |
| (7) A budget forecast for at least 3 to 5 years in the |
22 |
| future. |
23 |
| (8) Student enrollment trends, including a future |
24 |
| forecast. |
25 |
| (9) The number of personnel by type. |
|
|
|
09600SB0750sam001 |
- 238 - |
LRB096 09436 NHT 22252 a |
|
|
1 |
| (10) Changes in both the long term and short term debt |
2 |
| burden. |
3 |
| (b) Beginning with the second fiscal year after the |
4 |
| effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General |
5 |
| Assembly, the board shall annually include in the full budget |
6 |
| document the following items; any or all of the following items |
7 |
| may be published as separate documents provided that they are |
8 |
| explicitly referenced in the annual budget and attached thereto |
9 |
| and provided that they are made publicly available at the same |
10 |
| time as the tentative budget document: |
11 |
| (1) An organizational chart. |
12 |
| (2) Formal financial policies pursuant to Section |
13 |
| 34-18.37 of this Code. |
14 |
| (3) The district's long-term financial plan pursuant |
15 |
| to Section 34-18.38 of this Code
or a summary of the |
16 |
| long-term financial plan. |
17 |
| (4) The district's capital improvement plan pursuant |
18 |
| to Section 34-18.39 of this Code or a summary of the |
19 |
| capital improvement plan. |
20 |
| (105 ILCS 5/34-18.41 new)
|
21 |
| Sec. 34-18.41. Audit committee. The board shall establish |
22 |
| an audit committee, which may include members
of the board, |
23 |
| other appropriate officers, or persons who do not serve on the |
24 |
| board, to review audit reports and any other financial reports |
25 |
| and documents, including management
letters prepared by or on |